information system specialist dp1 detachment …

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

If you do not know how to navigate or print a PDF file, refer to the Training Plan Navigation Instruction Sheet provided on Documentum.

Si vous ne savez pas comment parcourir et imprimer un fichier PDF, veuillez consulter les instructions de navigation du plan d’instruction qui se trouvent dans Documentum.

LAND FORCE DOCTRINE AND TRAINING SYSTEM

SYSTÈME DE LA DOCTRINE ET DE L'INSTRUCTION DE LA FORCE TERRESTRE

NATIONAL DEFENCE DÉFENCE NATIONALE TRAINING PLAN PLAN D’INSTRUCTION ARMY COMMUNICATION INFORMATION SYSTEM SPECIALIST DP1 DETACHMENT MEMBER (ACISS DP1 DET MBR)

QUALIFICATION LEVEL: DP1 DESCRIPTION DE SPÉCIALITÉ (DS)

OCCUPATION QUALIFICATION CODE: 00362.01 CODES DE QUALIFICATION DE SPÉCIALISTE :

REGULAR FORCE: FORCE RÉGULIÈRE :

DP1 – Det Mbr Module 1 Mite Crse ID: 118657 Rank Qualification: AJUT Job Qualification: AJUS

PRIMARY RESERVE:

DP1 – Det Mbr

Module 1 Mite Crse ID:118814 Module 2 Mite Crse ID:118815 Rank Qualification: AJUT Module 3 Mite Crse ID: 118194 Module 4 Mite Crse ID:118189 Module 5 Mite Crse ID:114866 Job Qualification: AJUS

Designated Command: Land Force Command

Commandement désigné : Commandement de la Force terrestre

Dated: 2 Nov 2010

Date : 2 nov 10

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

RECORD OF CHANGES REGISTRE DE MODIFICATIFS

NOTE: NOTA:

Personnel programming courses must ensure that their hard copy of the Training Plan is current and up to date and identical to the electronic copy on Documentum. See below for current changes.

Les responsables de l’établissement du programme de cours doivent s’assurer que leur copie papier du plan d’instruction est identique à la copie électronique qui se trouve dans Documentum. Veuillez trouver ci-après les plus récentes modifications.

If you already have a printed version of this book, print the modifications only (see Training Plan Navigation Instruction Sheet, page 2, provided on Documentum).

Si vous avez déjà une copie du livre, imprimer seulement les modifications (veuillez consulter les instructions de navigation du plan d’instruction qui se trouvent à la page 4 sur Documentum).

MODIFICATION

NUMBER NUMÉRO DE

MODIFICATION

CHANGE DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION DU MODIFICATIFS

AMENDED PAGES PAGE MODIFIÉES

DATE

Chapter 1 para 11, changes made to bring Reserve training modularization within the TP in line with the ACISS DP1 Det Mbr QS

1-2/5 14 Feb 111

14 fév 11

A

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL CHAPITRE 1 - GÉNÉRALITÉS

Aim...........................................................................................1-1/5 But............................................................................................1-1/5

Training Strategy.....................................................................1-1/5 Stratégie d’instruction..............................................................1-1/5

Instructional Methods..............................................................1-1/5 Méthodes d’instruction............................................................1-1/5

Use Of Training Plan...............................................................1-1/5 Utilisation du plan d’instruction ...............................................1-1/5

Centre Of Excellence Responsibility......................................1-1/5 Responsabilités du centre d’excellence.................................1-1/5

Training Establishment Responsibility ...................................1-2/5 Responsabilités de l’établissement d’instruction ...................1-2/5

Prerequisites............................................................................1-2/5 Préalables................................................................................1-2/5

Training Duration.....................................................................1-2/5 Durée de l’instruction...............................................................1-2/5

Course Capacity......................................................................1-2/5 Nombre de stagiaires..............................................................1-2/5

Qualification.............................................................................1-2/5 Qualification .............................................................................1-2/5

Training Limitations .................................................................1-3/5 Contraintes de l’instruction......................................................1-3/5

Related Documents ................................................................1-3/5 Documents connexes .............................................................1-3/5

Counselling Procedures .........................................................1-3/5 Procédures de mise en garde ................................................1-3/5

Progress Monitoring................................................................1-3/5 Contrôle des progrès ..............................................................1-3/5

Student File..............................................................................1-3/5 Dossier du stagiaire.................................................................1-3/5

Removal From Training..........................................................1-4/5 Cessation de l’instruction........................................................1-4/5

Grading Procedure..................................................................1-4/5 Procédures de notation...........................................................1-4/5

Course Reports.......................................................................1-4/5 Rapports de cours...................................................................1-4/5

End Course Review................................................................1-5/5 Évaluation de fin de cours.......................................................1-5/5

CHAPTER 2 - ENABLING OBJECTIVES/LESSON SPECIFICATIONS

PO 001 Perform Command Post System Support Duties...................................................................001.1/4

EO 001.01 - Complete Detachment Administration.................................................001.01.1/3

EO 001.02 - Communicate Using Radio Equipment ......................................................001.02.1/8

PO 002 Employ Tactical Communication Voice Systems...............................................................002.1/7

EO 002.01 - Employ Mast Mounted Antenna System ............................................002.01.1/4

EO 002.02 - Employ HF Radio System........002.02.1/4

EO 002.03 - Employ VHF Radio System.....002.03.1/4

EO 002.04 - Employ IRIS LAN .....................002.04.1/4

PO 003 Employ Tactical Communication Data System.................................................................003.1/2

EO 003.01 Employ Tactical Communication Data Systems .....................003.01.1/4

i

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 004 - Employ Tactical Communication Satellite Systems...............................................................004.1/2

EO 004.01 Employ Tactical Communication Satellite Systems................004.01.1/3

PO 005 Employ tactical information systems (IS) ..........005.1/2

EO 005.01 - Operate a Tactical Information System (IS) ................................005.01.1/3

EO 005.02 - Confirm Connectivity of a Tactical Information System (IS) ..................005.02.1/2

PO 006 Employ Tactical Line (TacLine) System............006.1/2

EO 006.01 - Install TacLine Systems ...........006.01.1/3

EO 006.02 - Operate Field Telephone Equipment ......................................................006.02.1/2

EO 006.03 - Maintain TacLine Systems.......006.03.1/2

PO 007 Employ Counter-Radio Controlled Improvised Explosive Device (C-RCIED) System.................................................................007.1/2

EO 007.01 - Employ C-RCIED System........007.01.1/3

PO 008 Employ Communication Security (COMSEC) .........................................................008.1/3

EO 008.01 - Perform Signal Security............008.01.1/2

EO 008.02 - Use Secure Cryptographic Equipment ......................................................008.02.1/5

PO 009 Employ Positional Awareness System..............009.1/2

EO 009.01 - Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver ................................009.01.1/4

EO 009.02 - Operate the Situation Awareness System (SAS) ............................009.02.1/5

PO 010 (JT1532) Deploy a Communication Information System (CIS) ..................................010.1/4

EO 010.01 - Operate Power Generating Units................................................................010.01.1/7

EO 010.02 - Deploy a CIS Detachment

EDO 001 Understand Signals.................................EDO 001.1/2

CHAPTER 3 - ASSESSMENT CHAPITRE 3 - ÉVALUATION

General ....................................................................................3-1/3 Généralités

Supplemental Assessment.....................................................3-1/3 Reprises

Assessment Plan ....................................................................3-1/3 Plan d’évaluation

ANNEX A - TRAINING RESOURCES

Appendix 1 Instructor Allocation ...................................... A1-1/1

Appendix 2 Training Resources....................................... A2-1/8

Appendix 3 Main References......................................... A3-1/10

ii

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

iii

ANNEX B - ACTIVITY RESUME/OPTIMUM TIMETABLE

Appendix 1 Activity Résumé ............................................B1-1/2

Appendix 2 Optimum Timetable .....................................B2-1/7

ANNEX C - EXERCISE.........................................................C-1/2

ANNEX D - CHECKLISTS

Appendix 1 PC 001 Part 1 – Perform Keyboarding Skill..........................................D1-1/1

Appendix 2 PC 001 Part 2 - Communicate Using Radio/Telephone Voice Procedures ...........D2-1/2

Appendix 3 PC 002 Part 1 - Erect and Dismantle an Antenna Mast ..........................................D3-1/2

Appendix 4 PC 002 Part 2 - Employ CNR (HF) and& KY-99A................................................D4-1/2

Appendix 5 PC 002 Part 3 - Employ CNR VHF Radio.............................................................D5-1/2

Appendix 6 PC 002 Part 4 - Employ IRIS LAN...............D6-1/2

Appendix 7 PC 003 - Employ Tactical Communication Data System......................D7-1/2

Appendix 8 PC 004 - Employ Tactical Communication Satellite System.................D8-1/2

Appendix 9 PC 005 - Employ Tactical Information Systems ....................................D9-1/2

Appendix 10 PC 006 - Employ Tactical Line Systems ......................................................D10-1/3

Appendix 11 PC 007 - Employ C-RCIED System..........D11-1/6

Appendix 12 PC 008 Part 1 - Employ COMSEC System........................................................D12-1/2

Appendix 13 PC 008 Part 2 - Operate Data Transfer Device ..........................................D13-1/3

Appendix 14 PC 009 Part 1 - Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver .........D14-1/2

Appendix 15 PC 009 Part 2 - Operate SAM ...................D15-2/2

Appendix 16 PC 009 Part 3 - Operate SAS....................D16-1/2

Appendix 17 PC 010 Part 1 - Operate Power Generating Units.........................................D17-1/2

Appendix 18 PC 010 Part 2 - Deploy a Communi-cation Information System (CIS) Detachment ................................................D18-1/2

ANNEX E - RECORD OF DECISIONS ............................... E-1/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

FOREWORD AVANT-PROPOS

1. Training Plan (TP), A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01, Army Communication Information System SpecialistDP1 Detachment Member, is issued on the authority of the Commander of Combat Training Centre.

1. Le plan d’instruction (PLANIN), A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01,

2. This publication is effective on receipt. 2. Cette publication entre en vigueur dès sa réception.

3. Suggestions for changes shall be forwarded through normal channels to G3 Training Design (CS/CSS), at the Combat Training Centre.

3. .

4. This TP was developed by Training Plan Writing Board (TPWB) convened on 16 November 2009 at CFSCE Kingston working in collaboration with subject matter experts drawn from CFSCE, 1 ASG, 1 CMBG, 2 CMBG, 5 CMBG, CFJSR, 2 EW Sqn, DLCSPM, LFAA, and LFDTS. It was prepared in accordance with the concept of training outlined in A-P9-050 Series, Canadian Forces Manual of Individual Training and Education.

4. Ce PLANIN a été élaboré par un Comité de rédaction des plans d’instruction qui s’est réuni le 3 Novembre l’EECFC Kingston avec des experts en la matière de l’École École de l’Électronique et des Communications, . Il a été rédigé conformément au concept d’instruction énoncé dans les publications de la série A-P9-050, Manuel de l’instruction individuelle et de l’éducation des Forces canadiennes.

5. This TP is based upon the Qualification Standard (QS) for the Army Communication Information System Specialist, as published in A-P2-002-CIS/PC-B01, dated 30 Oct 09.

5. Ce PLANIN est basé sur

iv

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL CHAPITRE 1 - GÉNÉRALITÉS

AIM BUT

1. The aim of the training resulting from this Training Plan (TP) is to enable personnel to be employed as a Army Communication Information System Specialist (ACISS) DP1 Detachment Member.

1. La formation découlant de ce plan d’instruction (PLANIN) vise à produire un Administrateur des Systèmes de.

TRAINING STRATEGY STRATÉGIE D’INSTRUCTION

2. Commanders require personnel who possess the knowledge and skills necessary to perform the task required of ACISS DP 1 Detachment Member. This TP contains the EOs that the member must complete in order to pass the POs as outlined in the QS, and the requirements needed to support the attainment of these objectives through a formal course. Changes to the training program resulting from resource and time conflict must be authorized by G3 Trg Design (CS/CSS).

2. Les commandants ont besoin de personnel qui possède les connaissances et les habiletés nécessaires pour exécuter les tâches d’un Administrateur des Systèmes de Domaine Classifiée. Ce PLANIN contient les OCOM que le militaire doit atteindre pour réussir les OREN décrits dans la NORQUAL ainsi que les exigences associées à l’atteinte de ces objectifs dans le cadre d’un cours régulier. Les modifications du programme d’instruction découlant de problèmes de ressources ou de conflits d’horaire doivent être autorisées par les IIAT (SC/SLC).

INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS MÉTHODES D’INSTRUCTION

3. Instruction will be delivered to students through the use of lectures, demonstration, practice, assigned reading, and homework assignment. Students will be tested through the use of practical or theoreticalassessments for all POs.

3. L’instruction sera donnée aux stagiaires au moyen d’exposés et de discussions assistées qui seront suivis de l’interaction et pratique laboratoire. Les stagiaires devront passer un examen en forme d’évaluation pratique relative à l’OREN.

USE OF TRAINING PLAN UTILISATION DU PLAN D’INSTRUCTION

4. This TP shall be used as the primary authority governing the conduct and evaluation of the training program. Also, this TP shall be used in conjunction with the applicable JBS and QS to validate training. Suggestions for amendments can be forwarded to CTCHQ Attention: G3 Trg Design (CS/CSS).

4. Ce PLANIN doit être utilisé comme document faisant autorité pour le déroulement et l’évaluation du programme d’instruction. En outre, on doit l’employer de concert avec la description de groupe professionnel militaire/description de spécialité et la NORQUAL pertinentes pour validerl’instruction. Toute suggestion de modification doit être acheminée au QG CIC, à l’attention de : NIIAT (SC/SLC).

CENTRE OF EXCELLENCE(COE) RESPONSIBILITY RESPONSABILITÉS DU CENTRE D’EXCELLENCE (CE)

5. The COE for the Army Communication Information System Specialist course is the Canadian Forces School of Communications and Electronics. COE responsibilities are outlined in LFCO 24-8 and will include:

5.

a. providing support to specification maintenance, QS review, and TP design, as required;

a.

b. development and maintenance of courseware to ensure currency and applicability to meeting the stated objectives of this TP;

b.

c. providing support to the conduct of this training, as required;

c.

d. conducting individual and programme related evaluation of this training, as required; and

d.

e. collecting and distributing lessons learned information specific to this training in the absence of formal validation.

e.

1-1/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

TRAINING ESTABLISHMENT RESPONSIBILITY RESPONSABILITÉS DE L’ÉTABLISSEMENT D’INSTRUCTION

6. Assigned training establishments will conduct this training program in accordance with this document. Changes to the training program resulting from resource and time conflicts must be authorized by G3 Trg Design. After Action Reports, with recommendations, should be forwarded to CTC HQ Attention: G3 Trg Design (CS/CSS), within 30 days of the completion of training.

6. Les établissements d’instruction désignés doivent exécuter ce programme d’instruction conformément au présent document. Tout changement au programme d’instruction découlant d’un problème de ressources ou d’un conflit d’horaire doit être autorisé par les NIIAT. Les rapports post-cours accompagnés de recommandations devraient être acheminés au QG CIC, à l’attention de : NIIAT SC/SLC, dans les 30 jours suivant la fin du cours.

PREREQUISITES PRÉALABLES

7. In accordance with Chapter 1 of A-P1-083-001/PC-H01, personnel must meet all of the following:

7. Conformément au chapitre 2 du document A-P1-083-001/PC-H01, les stagiaires doivent rencontre les normes suivantes :

a. be qualified AINT Base Military Qualification Common (BMQ(C)) ;

a.

b. be qualified AIOC Base Military Qualification Land (BMQ(L)); and

b.

c. be qualified Land Driver Wheeled as follows: c.

(1) Modular 1 - DND 404s, (1)

(2) Modular 2 - LFC Driver Wheeler Common, and

(2)

(3) Modular 3 - LSVW and LUVW. (3)

TRAINING DURATION DURÉE DE L’INSTRUCTION

8. The maximum training duration to achieve the required standard for the EdO and all the POs described in this TP is 75 training days.

8. Ce cours comporte 12 jours d’instruction.

COURSE CAPACITY NOMBRE DE STAGIAIRES

9. The course capacity is: 9. La capacité du cours est la suivante :

a. maximum - 24; and a. maximum - 12; et

b. minimum - 12. b. minimum - 6.

QUALIFICATION QUALIFICATION

10. Regular Force Modulation. Successful completion of the EdO and all the POs described in this TP constitutes the primary means of obtaining the ACISS DP 1 Det Mbr Rank and Job qualification code,AJUT and AJUS.

10. La réussite du cours fondé sur ce PLANIN constitue la seule façon d’obtenir le code de qualification de spécialiste : SS AJNO.

a. Module 1: EdO 001 a.

b. Module 2: PO 001, PO 002, PO 003, PO 004, PO 005, PO 006, PO 007, PO 008, PO 009 and PO 010.

b.

1-2/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

11. Reserve Force Modulation. Successful completion of the Supplement module for the Primary Reserve Signal Operator leads to the awarding of the ACISS DP1 Det Mbr qualification, competency code AJUT and AJUS.

11.

a. Module 1: EdO 001, PO 001, PO 002 Part 1 (VHF), PO 006, PO 007, PO 008, and PO 010.

a.

b. Module 2: PO 002 Part2 (HF), PO 005. b.

c. Module 3 : PO 003. c.

d. Module 4 : PO 004. d.

e. Module 5 : PO 009 . e.

TRAINING LIMITATIONS CONTRAINTES DE L’INSTRUCTION

12. The TFOCA performance check in PO 004 can not be evaluated currently due to the lack of TFOCA resources.

12.

13. The lack of resources and qualified instructional staff required to evaluate PO 005, may have an impact on evaluating students on C-RCIED.

13.

RELATED DOCUMENTS DOCUMENTS CONNEXES

14. Related documents are: 14. Les documents connexes sont:

a. JBS a.

b. QS b.

COUNSELLING PROCEDURES PROCÉDURES DE MISE EN GARDE

15. Counselling will be conducted in accordance with LFCO 24-8.

15. Les mises en garde doivent être faites conformément aux dispositions de l’OCFT 24-8.

PROGRESS MONITORING CONTRÔLE DES PROGRÈS

16. Progress Monitoring will be conducted in accordance with LFCO 24-8.

16. Le suivi des progrès doit être conforme aux dispositions de l’OCFT 24-8.

STUDENT FILE DOSSIER DU STAGIAIRE

17. A file shall be maintained on each candidate and reflect the following:

17. Un dossier comportant les renseignements suivants doit être tenu à l’égard de chaque stagiaire:

a. completion of essential training activities required by POs;

a. exécution des activités d’instruction essentielles requises par les OREN;

b. results of PCs, ECs, written tests, etc as identified in the Assessment Plan;

b. résultats obtenus aux COREN, aux COCOM, aux examens écrits, etc., selon le plan d’évaluation;

c. identification of elements requiring observation such as participation, attitude, morale, motivation, conduct, etc; and

c. définition des éléments à observer, par exemple la participation, l’attitude, le moral, la motivation, la conduite, etc.;et

d. any applicable interview and counseling results. d. résultats des entrevues et mise en garde.

1-3/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

REMOVAL FROM TRAINING CESSATION DE L’INSTRUCTION

18. In accordance with LFCO 24-8 a training establishment’s Commanding Officer may direct that a candidate be removed from training.

18. Conformément à l’OCFT 24-8, le Commandant de l’établissement d’instruction peut ordonner qu’un stagiaire soit retiré de l’instruction.

GRADING PROCEDURE PROCÉDURES DE NOTATION

19. Candidates shall be assessed on a pass or fail basis. To obtain a pass, candidates must have successfully achieved the required standard in the Education Objective (EdO) and all Performance Objectives (POs).

19. Il s’agit d’un cours évalué selon la mention réussite/échec. La note finale sera complétée conformément à la NORQUAL Administrateur des Systèmes de Domaine Classifiée - A-P2-002-DSA/PC-B01 NORQUAL et selon les dispositions du DOAD 5031-9.

20. Any candidate who fails to successfully complete the EdO and all POs in the allocated number of attempts will be assessed as a training failure and referred to the Commanding Officer (CO) of the training establishment (TE) for administrative action.

20.

21. Candidates shall be graded by applying the methodology in the table below. Applicable definitions are:

21.

a. Letter Grade of “A”: exceptional level in completing all POs and consistently demonstrated outstanding performance in meeting these objectives;

a.

b. Letter Grade of “B”: superior level in completing all POs and consistently demonstrated above-average performance in meeting these objectives;

b.

c. Letter Grade of “C”: average level in completing all POs; and

c.

d. Letter Grade of “F”: failed to meet the required standard for any PO.

d.

22. Candidates will be ranked in relation to their peers upon completion of all POs. (e.g. 3 out of 24). For Primary Reserve, candidates will be ranked in relation to their peers upon completion of all essential training

22.

COURSE REPORTS RAPPORTS DE COURS

23. A Canadian Forces Course Report, form CF 377, shall be prepared and distributed for each candidate in accordance with (IAW) DAOD 5031-9. The course report shall be descriptive and clearly identify the individual’s strengths and weaknesses.

23.

24. The course report shall at a minimum, provide an indication of the following:

24.

a. performance to include tactical and technical; a.

b. skills and attributes to include tactical and technical; and

b.

c. potential for employment in the LS, IS and CS assignment entry level jobs.

c.

1-4/5

http://admfincs.mil.ca/admfincs/subjects/daod/5031/9_e.asp

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

1-5/5

END COURSE REVIEW ÉVALUATION DE FIN DE COURS

25. End Course Reviews (ECRs) shall be staffed to CTC HQ (Attention: CTC G3 Training Design (CS/CSS)) within 30 days of the completion of training. CTC HQ will forward the ECR with their comments to AF C&E Trg (attention: Qual Mgr) within 60 days of the completion of training.

25. Une évaluation de fin de cours doit être envoyée au QG CIC à l’attention de NIIAT SC/SLC au plus tard 30 jours de la fin du cours. Le QG CIC enverra ce rapport avec leurs commentaires au DIAT (attention DIAT 3-5) au plus tard 60 jours après la fin du cours.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 001 OREN 001

1. Performance. Perform command post system support duties.

1. Rendement.

2. Conditions 2. Conditions

a. Given: a. Éléments fournis:

(1) communications detachment to include power source,

(1)

(2) ACP 125 radio/telephone procedures, (2)

(3) tactical radio communication systems, (3)

(4) communication reports and returns, (4)

(5) communication network records and drawings,

(5)

(6) communication network logs and detachment diaries,

(6)

(7) communication network diagrams, (7)

(8) Communication Electronic Operating Instructions (CEOIs), and

(8)

(9) references, and (9)

(10) supervision. (10)

b. Denied : nil. b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.

c. Environment: day or night, under any weather and tactical conditions within a contemporary operating environment.

c. Environnement : de jour ou de nuit sous diverses conditions météorologiques dans un environnement d’opération contemporaine.

3. Standard. The Army Communication Information System Specialist DP1 will perform command post system support duties to include:

3. Norme.

a. perform keyboarding IAW C1 and C18; a.

b. (JT1528) extract information from communication instructions IAW ref A92 Chap 5 para 508 to include:

b.

(1) date/time of net activation, (1)

(2) composition of net, (2)

(3) net identification, (3)

(4) call signs, (4)

(5) frequencies, (5)

(6) code name, (6)

(7) nicknames, (7)

(8) security measures, (8)

(9) EMCON procedures, and (9)

(10) situation awareness system; (10)

001.1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

c. (ET1513) communicate using radio equipmentIAW ref A1, to include:

c.

(1) (ET1512) communicate using radio/telephone voice procedures IAW ref A1, to include establish voice communications IAWref A1 art 303 by:

(1)

(a) employing phonetic alphabet IAW ref A1 art 105,.

(a)

(b) employing universal fixed call sign, code words, nicknames, and prowords IAW ref A1 art 110, A1 art 401, A92 Chap 5 para 508, and

(b)

(c) performing set up procedures for establishing a net IAW ref A1 art 305,

(c)

(2) (ET1519) maintain voice communications IAW ref A1, to include:

(2)

(a) performing frequency changing procedures IAW ref A1 art 510, paras 1-2,

(a)

(b) performing loss of contact drills IAW ref A1, Art 510, para 3,

(b)

(c) imposing radio silence IAW ref A1, Arts 322, 507, and 508,

(c)

(d) lifting radio silence IAW refA1, Art 509, para 1,

(d)

(e) breaking radio silence IAW ref A1 Art 509, para 2, and

(e)

(f) performing radio checks IAW ref A1, Art 308, para 1-2a;

(f)

d. (TT1249) perform defensive electronic warfare procedures IAW A14, Chap 4, Set 1 and 4 by:

d.

(1) utilizing technical aspects of Electromag-netic Protective Measures (EPM) to include:

(1)

(a) employing cryptographic techniques, (a)

(b) employing antenna techniques IAW ref A14, Chap 4, Sect 4, and

(b)

(c) performing defence against jamming and deception IAW ref A14, Chap 2 and 3,

(c)

(2) (TT1597) identifying electronic warfare threats IAW ref A85, pg 28, and

(2)

(3) reporting electromagnetic spectrum inter-ference and infringements IAW ref A8,para 4 and A14, Anx B;

(3)

001.2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

e. (VT1390) maintain communication logs and diaries IAW ref A1 and A83 pg 101.25.

e.

(1) following rules for completing log entries IAW ref A1 Art 103,

(1)

(2) marking shift change entries by recording name, rank, time, frequency in use, antenna in use and other mandated information IAW ref A83 pg 101.25, and

(2)

(3) following rules for completing detachment diaries IAW A83 pg 101.25;

(3)

f. (JT0809) maintain communication network diagrams IAW ref A1 Chap 4 pg 4a-1, pg xii, pg xiii by (JT0808) monitoring operational status of equipment; and

f.

g. prepare communication information system (CIS) reports and returns IAW ref A83 pg 101.22 to:

g.

(1) medical evacuation report (1)

(2) location report, (2)

(3) contact report, (3)

(4) supply request, (4)

(5) repair and recovery request, and (5)

(6) communication state. (6)

4. Specification Task and Supporting Knowledge/Skill Numbers

4. Numéros de tâche de la description et de l’élément de connaissance essentielle / d’habileté

a. Specification Task – ET1512, ET1513, ET1519, JT0809, JT1528, TT1249, TT1597, VT1390

a. Tâche de la description –

b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – , DK0138, DK0139, DK0163, DK0173, DK0177, DK0183, DK0189, DK0228, DK0230, DK0232, DK0233, DK0254, DK0256, DK0261, EK0301, EK0303, EK0315, EK0316, FK0337, FK0339, FK0365, FK0372, FK0392, GK0481, GK1514, HK0596, IK1515, JK0619, JK0627, JK0647, JK1523, PK0941, TK1333,

b. Numéros de l’élément de connaissance essentielle –

5. Enabling Objectives 5. Objectifs de compétence

a. EO 001.01 - Complete Detachment Administration.

a. OCOM 401.01

b. EO 001.02 - Communicate Using Radio Equipment.

b. OCOM 401.02

6. Time. See Activity Resume. 6. Durée. Voir le résumé de l’activité.

7. References. As detailed in EOs. 7. Ouvrages de référence. Tel qu’indiqués dans les OCOM.

8. Performance Check. In accordance with Chapter 3, Assessment Plan.

8. Contrôle de rendement. Conformément au chapitre 3 du plan d’évaluation.

001.3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

001.4/4

9. Remarks. The following comments were taken from the QS.

9. Remarques.

a. This PO should be delivered at Res F units prior to attendance on the residency phase of the course. However the PC should be administered immediately upon commencement of the residency phase at the Training Establishment (TE). This will reduce the time requirement at the TE for the Res F personnel.

a.

b. It was determined by the Board that the standard for keyboarding will be set at 15 words per minute. The Board agrees that accuracy is more important than speed and speed will be accomplished with practice.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 001.01 OCOM 001.01

1. Performance. Complete detachment administration. 1. Rendement.


a. Given: a. Éléments fournis :

(1) CEOIs, (1)

(2) reports and returns, (2)

(3) diagrams, (3)

(4) supervision, and (4)

(5) references. (5)

b. Denied: nil. b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.

c. Environment: day or night under any weather conditions.

c. Environnement :

3. Standard : The ACISS DP1 will complete detachment administration correctly by:

3. Norme.

a. performing keyboarding exercises IAW C1 and C18;

a.

b. (JT1528) extracting requested information from communication instructions through the use of CEOI ref A92 Chap 5 para 508

b.

c. (JT1530) preparing CIS reports and returns ref A94 Chap 7 SOP 701

c.

4. Teaching Points/Time/References 4. Points d’enseignement/Durée/Ouvrages de référence

L - Lecture/Exposé D = Demonstration/Démonstration P = Practice/Practique

TEACHING POINTS REFERENCES TIME/

DURÉE (MINs)

POINTS D’ENSEIGNEMENT RÉFÉRENCES

a. Perform keyboarding to include: a.

(1) demonstrate posture and relaxation to include:

C15 pg 223-225 45 (L/D) (1)

(a) sitting, (a)

(b) keyboard adjustment, and (b)

(c) monitor adjustment, (c)

(2) describe the keyboard to include: C15, C18 45 (L/D) (2)

(a) French/English keyboard, C15 pg 78,79 and C18 pg 67

(a)

(b) home row, and C18 pg 67 (b)

(c) keyboard finger areas, C18 pg 15, 66, 67 (c)

(3) introduce the software program to include:

C18 45 (L/D) (3)

(a) software overview, C18 pg 5 to 14, 26 (a)

(b) initial configuration, C18 pg 31 to 36 (b)

(c) save test, (c)

001.01.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(d) printing test, and (d)

(e) describe test marking system and milestone (test details) and

(e)

(4) practice typing skill by using: C1 part 1 - 9 315 (P) (4)

(a) stoking technique drills, (a)

(b) manipulative parts control, (b)

(c) variable rhythm drills, (c)

(d) skill drills, (d)

(e) keyboard review drills, (e)

(f) speed and control drills, (f)

(g) related learning drills, and (g)

(h) typing software lessons and drills.

(h)

EC 1-1 Practical Exercise on keyboarding 315

PC 001 Part 1 Keyboarding 45

b. Describe extracting information from communication instructions by:

A92 Chap 5 para 520

180 (L) b.

(1) call signs, (1)

(2) Layout of network diagrams, (2)

(3) net identifications by: (3)

(a) validity periods, (a)

(b) frequencies, (b)

(c) load groups, (c)

(4) communication management systems - who produces CEOIs,

(4)

(5) telephony network directory, (5)

(6) situation awareness system (SAS) settings,

(6)

(7) code words, (7)

(8) nicknames, (8)

(9) demonstrate extracting information from CEOI, and

45 (D/P) (9)

(10) demonstrate layout of network diagram.

45 (D/P) (10)

EC1-2 Practice exercise extracting information from CEOI

45 (P)

c. Describe the process of preparing CIS reports and returns to include:

A94 Chap 7 SOP 701

90 (L) c.

(1) types of reports and returns to include:

(1)

(a) casualty evacuation, A94 Chap 7 SOP 702.02

(a)

(b) location, A94 Chap 7 SOP 704.01

(b)

(c) contact , A94 Chap 7 SOP 703.04

(c)

001.01.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

001.01.3/3


DURÉE (MINs)


(d) material demand, A94 Chap 7 SOP 706.02

(d)

(e) repair and recovery, A94 Chap 7 SOP 706.03

(e)

(f) situation, and A94 Chap 7 SOP 704.33

(f)

(g) obstacle report (OBSREP), A94 Chap 7 SOP 704.33

(g)

(2) demonstrate filling out reports, and

45 (D)

(3) practice filling out reports. 90 (P)

EC 1-3 practical exercise on filling out reports. 90 (P)

TOTAL (32 x 45 min pds) 1440 TOTAL

5. Test Details. EC 1-1, EC 1-2 and EC 1-3 is evaluated with a practical EC and PC 001 Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.

5. Modalités de contrôle.

6. Method. Lecture/Demonstration/Practice. 6. Méthode. Exposé/démonstration/exécution.

7. Substantiation. Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material. Demonstration/ practicewere selected to demonstrate a new skill and then allow the trainee time to practice.

7. Justification. On a choisi l’exposé afin de présenter une nouvelle matière. La démonstration/l’exécution ont pour but de démontrer une nouvelle habileté, puis de laisser au stagiaire le temps de s’exercer.

8. Training Aids 8. Matériel d’instruction

a. Whiteboard and markers. a.

b. Computer projection device and personal computer.

b.

c. Report and return templates. c.

d. Draft of a CEOI. d.

9. Learning Aids 9. Matériel d’apprentissage

a. Report and return templates. a.

b. Draft of a CEOI. b.

10. Remarks. Nil 10. Remarques. Aucune.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 001.02 OCOM 001.02

1. Performance. Communicate using radio equipment.

1. Rendement.



(1) Personal Role Radio (PRR), (1)

(2) radio detachment, (2)

(3) radio net, (3)

(4) CEOI extract, (4)

(5) PP&S, (5)

(6) logs and diagrams, (6)





c. Environnement : de jour ou de nuit sous diverses conditions météorologiques.

3. Standard. Using approved communication practices/procedures the ACISS DP1 will communicate using radio/telephone equipment by:

3. Norme.

a. (ET1512) communicate using radio/telephone voice procedures when establishing voice communication by:

a.

(1) performing set-up procedures for establishing a net (reference A1 art 302, 304 to 307, 309, 402, 507, 516),

(1)

(2) using voice procedures to include: (2)

(a) employing phonetic alphabet IAW ref A1 art 105, and

(a)

(b) employing universal fixed call signs, code words, nicknames and prowords (reference A1 art 09 para 1 to 2, 110, 401 para 1 and 3 to 11, 403-406, 505 to 506, 514 and Anx pg 5a-1), and

(b)

(3) breaking radio silence, and (ref A1 art 509 para 2);

(3)

b. (ET1519) maintains voice communication IAW ref A1 to include:

b.

(1) performing frequency changing procedures, (ref A1 art 510 para 1 to 2);

(1)

(2) performing loss of contact drills, (ref A1 art 510 para 3);

(2)

(3) imposing radio silence (ref A1 Art 509 para 1) (3)

(4) lifting radio silence IAW ref A1 Art 509, para 1,

(4)

001.02.1/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

(5) breaking radio silence, and (ref A1 Art 509 para 2), and

(5)

(6) performing radio checks (ref A1 Art 308 para1 to 2a);

(6)

c. (VT1390) maintain communication logs and diaries IAW ref A1 and A83 pg 101.25:

c.

(1) following rules for completing log entries (ref A1 Art 103),

(1)

(2) making shift change entries by recording name and rank, time, frequency in use, antenna in use and other mandatedinformation, IAW ref A83 pg 101.25, and

(2)

(3) following rules for completing detachment diaries IAW A83 pg 101.25; and

(3)

d. performing defensive electronic warfare (EW) procedures IAW A14, Chap 4, set 1 and 4 by:

d.

(1) utilizing technical aspects of electro-magnetic protective measures (EPM) to include:

(1)

(a) employing cryptographic techniques, (a)

(b) employing antenna techniques IAW ref A14, Chap 4, Sect 4, and

(b)

(c) performing defence against jamming and deception IAW ref A14, Chap 2 and 3.

(c)

(2) (TT1597) identifying EW threats IAW ref A85, pg 28, and

(2)

(3) reporting electromagnetic spectrum inter-ference and infringements IAW ref A8, para 4 and A14, Anx B.

(3)




DURÉE (MINs)


a. (ET 1512) Communicate using radio/ telephone voice procedures when establishing voice communication to include:

(1) describe radio transmission security to include:

A52 pg 3-1 to 3-6 45 (L)

(a) introduction to ACP-125 CANSUPP-1 ,

(b) definition and the need for transmission security,

A1 Art 102 para 3

(c) individual responsibilities, and A1 Art 102 para 3

(d) vulnerability of radio transmissions,

A1 Art 102 para 1

001.02.2/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(2) explain basic radio nets to include: 90 (L)

(a) definition of a radio net, A92 para 314

(b) net diagrams,

(c) net title,

A1 pg V11

(d) net control station and its duties,

A1 Art 409

(e) radio re-broadcast (RRB) station and its duties,

A1 art 409 para 1

(f) sub stations and their duties, and

A1 Art 201

(g) universal fixed call sign system (UFCS) systems to include:,

i. C/S allocation

ii. Phonetic Letter

A1 Annex A Ch 3 pg 3A-1-6

iii. Superior Command

iv. Fmn Level

v. Sub Elements

vi. Fixed Artillery

vii. UFCS Pronunciation

(3) explain the structure of a fixed call sign net covering to include:

A1 45 (L)

(a) empty vehicle prefix, Art 302

(b) remote facility prefix, Art 303

(c) arm indicators, and Art 304

(d) net identifiers, CEOIs

(4) explain voice protocols to include: A1 90 (L)

(a) phonetic alphabet, Art 401 Para 1

(b) numerals, Art 105 para 2

(c) punctuation,, Art 106 para 1d

(d) prowords, and Art 109 pg 1-11 to 1-18

(e) appointment titles, Art 411 and Anx 4A-1

(5) describe types of radio nets to include:

A1 45 (L)

(a) free nets, Art 206 para a

(b) directed nets, Art 206 para b

(c) explain types of calls covering:

i. single call, and Art 307

ii. multiple call to include: Art 307

iii. exempt call, and Art 307

iv. all stations Art 307

(6) perform the procedure for esta-blishing a net covering to include:

A1 45 (L/D/P)

(a) preliminary instructions, Art 205 para 2

(b) use of full call signs, Art 301

001.02.3/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(c) sequence of answering, Art 204

(d) make a preliminary call, and Art 208 para 1

(e) join existing net, A19 Art 413

(7) explain radio procedures to include: A1 45 (L)

(a) perform code word and nick-name procedures to include:

Art 404 and 405

i. definition, and

ii. use, and

(b) explain frequency changes to include:

i. types Art 407 para 2 and 3

ii. procedures, and

iii. loss of contact drills, Art 407 para 3c

(8) perform procedures to check for workable frequency to include:

A1 45 (L/D/P)

(a) radio check , Art 207

(b) signal strength report, Art 207 para 4

(c) readability report, Art 207 para 4c

(d) perform procedures for synchronizing time, and

Art 401

(e) perform procedures for closing a net,

Art 408 para 1, 2

(9) explain radio silent procedures to include types of silences:

A1 45 (L)

(a) radio, Art 406

(b) emergency, Art 220

(10) perform the radio silence procedures to include:

A1 45 (L/D/P)

(a) imposing radio silence, Art 406 para 2 and 3

(b) breaking radio silence, and Art 406 para 4

(c) lifting radio silence, Art 406 para 2 and 3

(11) perform radio control procedures to include:

A1

(a) do not answer, Art 215

45 (L/D/P)

(b) passing control to include:

i. delegate control, and Art 403 para 2a

ii. assume control, and Art 403 para 2b

(c) RRB to include automatic, Art 409

(12) explain message protocols to include transmit a message to include:

A1 45 (L)

(a) communications good, Art 210 para 1

(b) communications difficult by using words twice, and

Art 210 para 2

(c) explain receipt of messages, Art 217

001.02.4/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(13) perform the procedures for repetitions to include:

A1 45 (L/D/P)

(a) requesting repetitions, Art 212 para 1

(b) make repetitions during transmission,

Art 212 para 2

(c) make corrections after transmission , and

Art 315 para 3 and 4

(d) make corrections after delivery, Art 315 para 5

(14) explain message handling protocols to include relay messages by:

A1 45 (L)

(a) relaying to, Art 211 para 1

(b) relaying through, and Art 211 para 2

(c) through me, Art 212 para 3

(15) explain voice protocol procedures: A1 45 (L)

(a) spelling difficult words Art 106 para 2

(b) using read back procedure, and Art 216 para 1 and 2

(c) transmitting abbreviations, Art 106 para 1

(16) send a message using the long message procedure,

A1 Art 410 para a-g

45 (D/P)

(17) explain the following radio protocols to include:

A1 45 (L)

(a) break – in procedures, Art 221 para 1

(b) acknowledgement procedures, and

Art 218 para 1

(c) message verification procedures, and


(18) perform the following procedures: A1

(a) message cancellation procedures, and

Art 214

45 (L/D/P)

(b) arrange a radio/telephone conversation .

Art 412

EC 1-4 Practical Exercise on communicate using voice procedures

540

b. Maintain voice communications to include:

A! 180 (L/D/P)

(1) explain the following radio drills: (L)

(a) performing frequency changing procedures, and


(b) performing loss of contact drills, Art 407 para 3

(2) performing radio checks, and Art 207 para 1 to 4 (L/D/P)

(3) maintaining circuit logs, (L/D/P)

(a) following rules for completing log entries

Art 103

001.02.5/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(b) making shift change entries by recording

Art 103

i. name,

ii. time,

iii. frequency, and

iv. antenna, and

(c) maintain frequency records. A1 Art 103

c. Perform defensive EW procedures to include:

A92

(1) explain principles of EW to include: Chap 4 Sect 1 45 (L) (a) definition of EW pg 4-1 (b) concept of modern EW to

include: pg 4-1

i. EW Threat, ii. role, iii. exploit, iv. prevent, and v. protect,

(2) explain Electronic Support Measures (ESM) to include:

A92 Chap 4 Sect 2 67.5 (L)

(a) definition of ESM, pg 4-9 (b) ESM process, pg 4-9 (c) search to include: pg 4-9

i. general, ii. specific, and iii. modern,

(d) intercept equipment, pg 4-11 (e) direction finding: pg 4-12

i. accuracy, ii. factors, iii. emitter density location, iv. exploitation, v. steerage, and vi. summary,

(f) analysis, pg 4-13 (g) break down of ESM processes, pg 4-13

(3) Explain Electronic Counter Measures (ECM) to include:

A92 Chap 4 Sect 3 67.5 (L)

(a) Explanation and Definition ,pg 4-16 (b) two heading jamming and

deception:

i. jamming: pg 4-17 to 4 – 19 determining factors of

effectiveness

- jammer - jammer antenna

types of jamming - spot - barrage - sweep

001.02.6/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


jamming platforms pg 4-20 - ground - airborne - expendable

ii. deception imitative

A92 Chap 4 Sect 8 , pg 4-30 to 4 – 31

manipulative simulative

(4) explain EPM to include: 180 (L)

(a) definition:

i. active EPM, and

A93 Sect 4, pg 4 -20

ii. passive EPM

(b) responsibilities A93 Chap 3, Sect 6

(c) three sub-divisions A8 Chap 7, Sect 3:

i. technical pg 80 frequency diversity pg 81 on-line encryption pg 81 off-line encryption pg 81

ii. antenna techniques pg 81 directional antenna steerable null antenna pg 81

iii. transmission techniques pg 82 burst transmission pg 82 spread spectrum pg 82

(d) tactical A8 Chap 7, Sect 6:

i. emission control definition pg 91

ii. siting pg 92

iii. communication planning pg 93

iv. offensive action pg 94

v. physical attack pg 94

vi. electronic attack pg 94

(e) procedural A8 Chap 7, Sect 5:

i. avoid detection pg 84

ii. avoid identification pg 84

iii. maintain security pg 84

(5) explain defending against jamming and deception

A8 Chap 7, Sect 5: 22.5 (L)

(a) deception, and ,pg 88 (b) jamming, pg 88

(6) describe anti-jamming drills, 22.5 (L)

(7) report electromagnetic spectrum interference and infringements to include MIJI Warning Reports, and

A8 Chap 7, Sect 5, pg 90, also Anx A

22.5 (L)

001.02.7/8

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

001.02.8/8


DURÉE (MINs)


(8) signal security: 22.5 (L) (a) definition,

A8 Chap 7, Sect 7, pg 95

(b) COMSEC Definition, (c) ELSEC Definition, (d) responsibility, and (e) division of SIGSEC.

EC 1-5 Practical Exercise on teaching points associated with EO 001.02

FTX

PC 001 Part 2 Practical FTX


5. Test Details. EC 1-4 will be evaluated with a practical enabling check and EC 1-5 will be evaluated with a practical enabling check during the field exercise,similar to PC 001 Part 2. PC 001 Part 2 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/Demonstrate/Practice. 6. Méthode. Exposé/ démonstration/ exécution.

7. Substantiation. Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material. Demonstration/ practicewere selected to demonstrate a new skill and then allow the trainee time to practice.





b.

c. PRR. c.

d. Report and return templates. d.

e. CEOI extracts. e.


a. Report and return templates. a.

b. CEOI extracts. b.

c. PRR. c.

10. Remarks. 10. Remarques.

a. TPWB suggest that the TE teach teaching point 4a(2) “explain basic radio nets” prior to EO 001.01

a.

b. PC 001 Part 2 will be conducted during the field exercise. Therefore no time will be allocated within the PO.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.1/7

PO 002 OREN 002

1. Performance Employ TacComm voice systems. 1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) tactical radio communication equipment and systems,

(2)

(3) antenna installation kits and antenna groups to include mast,

(3)

(4) compass, insulators and braided copper wire,

(4)

(5) battery charger, (5)

(6) cryptographic material, (6)

(7) cryptographic equipment, (7)

(8) computer system with application software, (8)

(9) SAS and GPS systems, (9)

(10) communication net diagrams, (10)

(11) communication logs, (11)

(12) CEOIs, (12)



b. Denied: nil b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.



3. Standard. The Army Communication Information System Specialist will employ tactical voice systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT1509) install TacComm systems to include: a.

(1) (CT0174) install wave-guides and coaxial cables IAW A41, A45, A46, A52, A57, and A99,

(1)

(2) install hardware IAW ref A52, (2)

(3) (CT0167) install vehicle mounted antenna systems IAW ref A67 Part 2 pg 2-1, 2-3 to include (CT0165) install mast mounted antenna systems by:

(3)

(a) ensuring transmitter is in the off position IAW ref A67 pg 2-1, pg 3-1 para 1,

(a)

(b) ensuring antenna/mast is sited away from power lines IAW ref A67 Part 2 para 1 pg 2-1, pg 3-1,

(b)

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.2/7

(c) assembling tactical antenna kits IAW ref A67 Part 1 para 2 and para 5-13 fig 1-1,

(c)

(d) (CT0201) installing HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equip-ment IAW ref A57,

(d)

(e) (CT0205) installing VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A45 and A47;

(e)

b. (CT1503) construct field expedient antenna IAW ref A13 Chap 5 Sect 7 pg 127-138 to include:

b.

(1) calculate the antenna length IAW ref A13 Chap 5 Sect 8, and

(1)

(2) constructing appropriate antenna using available material IAW ref A13 Chap 5 Sect 8.

(2)

c. (ET1609) operate TacComm systems IAW ref A45, A57, A77, and B4 to include:

c.

(1) (ET0368) operate HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW refs A57 and B1 by:

(1)

(a) Prepare radios for use IAW ref A57 Chap 3 pgs 3-1, 3-2, 3-17, 3-18,

(a)

(b) (ET0367) program HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equip-ment IAW ref A57 Chap 2 pg 2-29,

(b)

(c) Operate radios in Single Side Band (SSB) and ALE modes IAW ref A57 fig 2-11 pgs 2-219-131, 326 to 334, and

(c)

(d) (DT0263) Perform operating tests on HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A57.

(d)

(2) (ET0354) operate tactical crypto devices IAW ref A77 para 301, 302.1-2, 302.4, 402-403, 503.1, 503.7-8, 503.5 to include:

(2)

(a) (DT0256) conduct acceptance checks of tactical crypto devices IAW ref A77,

(a)

(b) (CT0194) install tactical crypto devices IAW ref XX,

(b)

(c) set up KY-99A IAW A77 para 101.1, 102.2 and 3, table 1-1, para 102 4-6, 102.7 table 1-3, 102.8 para 103, 105, 106, 108, 401.1 and 2 para 102.1, and

(c)

(d) operate in secure and non-secure modes IAW ref A39 Chap 2 para 2.5.2 to 2.5.2.6

(d)

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.3/7

(3) (ET0376) operate VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equip-ment IAW refs A45, A47 and B4:

(3)

(a) prepare radio for use by: (a)

i. inspecting IAW ref A45 Part 3 Sect 1 pg 3-1-2,

i.

ii. assembling/disassembling radio sets IAW ref A45 Part 3 Sect 1 pgs 1 to 8,

ii.

iii. tuning the radio, and iii.

iv. installing remote operating equip-ment IAW ref A45 Part 4 pg 4-31.,

iv.

(b) (ET0375) program VHF vehicles mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A45 and B4 by:

(b)

i. filling cryptographic keys and nets characteristics IAW ref A45 Part 4 pgs 4-36 to 4-39,

i.

ii. inputting the hopping characteristics IAW ref A45 Part 4 pg 4-25

ii.

iii. inputting the channel characteristics IAW ref A45 Part 3 Sect 1 pgs 3-1-23 to 3-1-27, and

iii.

iv. inputting radio characteristics IAW A45 Part 4 pgs 4-1 to 4-34.

iv.

(c) (DT0267) performing operational tests on VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A45 Part 3 Sect 2 pg 3-2-30, and

(c)

(d) operating radio A45 and B4 by: (d)

i. communication in all modes IAW ref A45 Part 4 pg4-5,

i.

ii. changing the power setting IAW ref A45 Part 4 pgs 4-1 to 4-34,

ii.

iii. monitoring the radio status, iii.

iv. receiving/sending Over-the-Air-Re-Keying (OTAR) IAW ref A45 Part 4 pg 4-34, and

iv.

v. zeroizing IAW ref A45 Part 4 pg 4-29,

v.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.4/7

(4) (FT0426) configure/reconfigure IRIS radio nets to include operating the User Control Device (UCD) IAW ref A52, A89 by:

(4)

(a) preparing CI IAW ref A52 Part 3, (a)

(b) performing remote kit operating IAW ref A52, pgs 3-1-1, 3-1-2, 3-1-12 para 10-25, 3-2-12, 3-2-28, 3-2-30, 3-3-1, and 13-1-4.

(b)

(c) performing primary operations, (c)

(d) configuring user services IAW ref A52 pgs 1-3-6,1-3-7 and 9-3-4 to 9-3-6,

(d)

(e) configuring master services IAW ref A52 pg 2-3-12,

(e)

(f) performing user control operations IAW ref A52 pg 2-3-24 to 2-3-32, 1-3-12, 2-3-22 to 2-3-23,

(f)

(g) performing master control operations IAW ref A52 pg 9-3-2, 9-3-3, and

(g)

(h) configuring directory number profiles IAW ref A52 pg 9-3-2 to 9-3-3, 9-2-1 to 9-2-4.

(h)

d. (FT0425) interconnect communication shelters to include operate Vehicle Interface Panel (VIP) IAW ref A52 Chap 1 Sect 2 para 1-2, A12 Chap 5 Sect 3, A90 pg ix-x, A48 Part 1 fig 2-1 Part 3 Sect 2 pg 3-2-, Part 4 pg 4-1, A51 pg 2-1 para 1-2, Part 1 fig 1-1, 1-2, 1-3, and A52 Part 2 Sect 1 para 1-3 fig 2-1-1 to include:

d.

(1) inspecting, (a)

(2) connecting communication resources, and (b)

(3) interconnecting shelters; (c)

e. (GT1525) maintain TacComm systems to include: e.

(1) (GT0519) maintain HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref Anx E to include (UT1290) inspecting HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment,

(1)

(2) (GT0523) maintain VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref Annex E to include (UT1294) inspecting VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment,

(2)

(3) (GT0482) maintain battery chargers IAW ref A31, A49 and A57,

(3)

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.5/7

(4) (RT1203) perform preventive maintenance on vehicle mounted antenna systems IAW ref A67 Part 3 pg 3-1 to include (RT1202) inspecting vehicle mounted antenna systems, and

(4)

(5) (RT1199) perform preventive maintenance on mast mounted antenna systems IAW ref A67 Part 3 pg 3-1 to include (RT1197) inspecting mast mounted antenna systems by:

(5)

(a) cleaning antenna connectors, i.

(b) checking ground spike and antenna guys for tension and wear, and

ii.

(c) cleaning ice build-ups from antenna and guys.

iii.

f. (HT1524) restore TacComm system IAW ref A1 pg 3-7, 3-8 to include:

f.

(1) (JT1529) interpreting blueprints, records, and drawings IAW ref A99 Chap 4 paras 4.1 and 4.23 fig 172,

(1)

(2) (HT0618) troubleshooting HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A57,

(2)

(3) (HT0626) troubleshooting VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A45 Sect 2 pg 3-2-1, A52 Part 13 Sect 1 pg 13-1-1, Sect 2 Part14 section 1-2, A59 Part 5 Sect 2-3, Part 6, A96 Part 5 Sect 2-3, Part 6, A97 Part 5 Sect 2-3, Part 6 and A98.

(3)



a. Specification Task – CT0167, CT0174, CT0194, CT0201, CT0205, CT1503, CT1509, DT0265, DT0263, DT0267, ET0354, ET0367, ET0368, ET0375, ET0376, ET1609, FT0425, FT0426, GT0482, GT0519, GT0523, GT1525, HT0618, HT0626, HT1524, JT1529, RT1197, RT1199, RT1202, RT1203, UT1290, UT1294.


b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – DK0138, DK0142, DK0163, DK0177, DK0185, DK0186, DK0193, DK0195, DK0201, DK0216, DK0217, DK0222, DK0230, DK0232, DK0223, DK0231, DK0231, DK0251, DK0258, DK0259, DK0261, DK0279, DK0284, DK0287, DK1501, EK0306, EK0316, EK0312, EK0317, FK0339, FK0355, FK0360, FK0365, FK0392, FK0396, FK0401, FK0427, FK1512, GK0448, GK0449, GK0451, GK0464, GK0465, GK0466, GK0471, GK0480, GK0481, GK0523, GK0524, GK0525, GK0531, GK0532, GK0534, GK0538, GK0539, GK0577,


A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.6/7

GK0578, GK0587, GK0588, GK1514, HK0596, IK1515, JK0627, JK0652, JK0673, JK0675, PK0953, PK1010, PK1011, PK1012, PK1013, PK1014, PK1015, PK1037, PK1038, PK1039, PK1040, QK1053, QK1058, QK1060, QK1069, QK1096, QK1134, QK1156, QK1157, QK1159, RK1571, RK1572, SK1583, SK1584, SK1588, SK1590


a. EO 002.01 - Employ Mast Mounted Antenna System.

a. OCOM 002.01

b. EO 002.02 - Employ HF Radio System. b. OCOM 002.02

c. EO 002.03 - Employ VHF Radio System. c. OCOM 002.03

d. EO 002.04 - Employ IRIS LAN. d. OCOM 002.04



8. Performance Check. In accordance with, Chapter 3, Assessment Plan.



9. Remarques. Aucune.

a. Install refers to "install and remove" the system or equipment.

a.

b. The current CNR HF radio should be taught and confirmed in the vehicle installation. The manpack version should be shown, however no need for enabling or performance check.

b.

c. The ACIS specialist will only be shown how to operate the radio in the SSB mode. ALE if required, can be OJT at the members unit.

c.

d. The current CNR VHF radio should be taught and confirmed in the vehicle installation. The manpack version should be shown, however no need for enabling or performance check.

d.

e. Task CT0165 and CT0167 should only include the vehicle mounted and Vixam Mast antenna systems. The manpack whips can be shown in the manpack versions.

e.

f. Task CT1503 should be taught to the student with a basic understanding of the concepts and be able to perform/construct one basic field expedient antenna.

f.

g. Task GT0482 points to the NICAD battery charger. g.

h. Task HT 1524 requires the ACISS to perform restoring TacComm system IAW Annex E specifically to the LRU (box level).

h.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.7/7

i. Task GT1525 Maintain TacComm System includes the UCD, NAU, RAU and LES communication devices.

i.

j. Task JT1529 at the ACISS level means a block diagram or Vehicle Subnet Diagram (VSD) describing the connectivity in the back of a Command Post enabling the ACISS to perform 1st level fault finding. It also includes the ability to interpret diagrams or annexes that are part of CEOI.

j.

k. Safety procedures should be paramount and captured throughout the performance of this PO and all phases of teaching.

k.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.01.1/1

EO 002.01 OCOM 002.01

1. Performance. Employ mast mounted antenna systems.

1. Rendement.



(1) antenna installation kits and antenna groups,

(1)

(2) compass, insulators and braided copper wire,

(2)

(3) tape (gun or 88 tape), (3)

(4) N/S antenna, (4)





c. Environnement : de jour ou de nuit sous diverses conditions météorologiques dans un environne-ment d’opération contemporaine.

3. Standard : ACISS DP1 will employ mast mounted antenna systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. basic radio theory principles; a.

b. (CT1503) construct field expedient antennae; b.

c. install mast mounted antenna systems; and c.

d. perform preventative maintenance on mast mounted antenna systems.

d.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Explain basic radio theory principles:

(1) describe a basic communi-cations system to include:

45 (L)

(a) define communications, C6 pg 1 Chap 1, para 1 first sentence

(b) define communications system,

C6 pg 1 Chap 1, para 2 first sentence

(c) history, and C9

(d) modulation, C9 Chap 1 pg 4 para 2

(2) describe the electromagnetic (frequency) spectrum to include:

C8 Chap 1 Art 1.3 45 (L)

(a) definition of frequency spectrum,

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.01.2/2


DURÉE (MINs)


(b) standard frequency allocations to include:

i. ranges of each band,

ii. advantages of high fre-quency (HF), very high frequency (VHF), ultra high frequency (UHF) and super high fre-quency (SHF) bands,

iii. disadvantages of HF, VHF, UHF and SHF bands, and

iv. overlapping assignments, and

(c) frequency management authorities,

(3) explain amplitude modulation (AM) to include:

90 (L)

(a) AM theory, C8 Chap 4 pg 79 para 4 and Art 4.2 C6 Chap 3 para 3-1

(b) frequency spectrum of the AM wave,

C6 Chap 3 para 3-1.1

(c) graphic representation of AM,

C8 Chap 4 fig 4.1 and 4.2 C6 Chap 3 fig 3-2 and 3-3

(d) advantages of AM, C6 Chap 3 para 3-2.5 C8 Chap 5 Art 5.9

(e) disadvantages of AM, and

(f) common uses of AM, C8 Chap 5 pg 153

(4) explain single side band to include:

45 (L)

(a) USB,

C8 pg 98 to 102, C16 Chap4 pg147-148

(b) independent side band, and

(c) advantages/disadvan-tages

(5) explain frequency modulation (FM) to include:

90 (L)

(a) definition of FM, C8 Chap 6 Art 6.1

(b) wide and narrow bandwidths ,

C8 Chap 6 Art 6.2

(c) graphic representation of an FM signal,

C8 Chap 6 fig 6.1 and 6.3 C7 Chap 1 pg 1-46 to 1-57

(d) advantages of FM over AM, C8 Chap 6.8

(e) disadvantages of FM over AM, and

(f) frequency shift keying, and

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.01.3/3


DURÉE (MINs)


(6) explain characteristics of a voice circuit to include:

45 (L)

(a) analog voice,

(b) digital voice, and

(c) squelch to include:

i. noise, and

ii. tone.

EC 1-6 Basic Radio Theory Principles 45

b. (CT1503) Construct field expedient antennae:

135 (L)

(1) explain principles of antenna theory,

A103, Chap 3, Sect 3

(2) calculate antenna length, A12, Chap 5, Sect 8

(3) construct appropriate antenna using available material,

A107 (D)

Homework assignment EC 002.02

(4) describe VHF Cosite antenna to include:

B11 45 (L/D)

(a) VHF safety,

(b) purpose,

(c) characteristics,

(d) components,

(e) operator maintenance, and

(f) demonstrate how to erect a cosite antenna, and

(5) describe the purpose of SPD-1/SPD-2 antennae.

45 (L/D)

c. (CT 0165) Install mast mounted antenna systems to include:

A67 part 2 405 (L/D)

(1) ensure transmitter is off (disconnected),

A68 Part 3 pg 3-1 para 1

(2) ensure mast is sited away from power line, and

A67 Part 2 pg 2-1 para 1

(3) (RT 1197) erect mast mounted antenna system and inspect mast mounted antenna systems.

A67 Part 3 pg 3-1

d. (RT 1199) Perform preventative maintenance on mast mounted antenna systems.

A67 Part 3 pg 3-1 para 1 and 2

45 (L)

EC 1-7 - practical exercise on installing mast mounted antenna systems

225

PC 002 Part 1 Erect and dismantle an Antenna Mast 225


A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.01.4/4

5. Test Details. EC 1-6 will be evaluated with a theory enabling check and EC 1-7 will be evaluated with a practical enabling check and PC 002 Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/ Demonstration/Practical. 6. Méthode.

7. Substantiation. Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material. Demonstration/ practice were selected to demonstrate a new skill and then allow the trainee time to practice.

7. Justification.


a. Projector, Screen, materials. a.

b. White board/ markers. b.

c. Antenna installation kits and antenna groups. (x 9)

c.

d. Compass, insulators and braided copper wire. d.

e. Tape (Gun or 88 tape). e.

9. Learning Aids. Student handout. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Document du cours.

10. Remarks 10. Remarques. Aucune.

a. Erect refers to erect and dismantle of systems or equipment.

a.

b. Install refers to install and remove of systems or equipment.

b.

c. RT 1197 refers to inspecting parts upon receiving mast kit or prior to assembly.

c.

d. This EC/PC could be practice and assessed conjunction with EO 008.02 “Operate Power Generating Units”.

d.

e. PC 002 Part 1 will be a practical, based on two students per mast.

e.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 002.02 OCOM 002.02

1. Performance. Employ HF radio system. 1. Rendement.



(1) AN/PRC-138(V)3 and amplifier AM-7532A/U with associated cabling IAW Ref’s A102 and A57,

(1)

(2) vehicle or vehicle mock up with complete kit for functionality,

(2)

(3) KY-99A, (3)

(4) AN/CYZ-10 with fill cable, (4)






3. Standard. ACISS DP1 will employ HF radio systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT0201) install/remove HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A57;

a.

b. (ET0366) operate HF man pack receiver/ transmitter and ancillary equipment to include:

b.

(1) (ET0365)program HF man pack receiver/transmitter equipment,

(1)

(2) (ET0354) operate tactical crypto devices, and

(2)

(3) operate in HF SSB Mode; (3)

c. (GT0518) maintain HF man pack receiver/transmitter and ancillary equipment:

c.

(1) (HT0616) troubleshoot HF man pack receiver/transmitter and ancillary equipment,and

(1)

(2) RT1203) perform preventative maintenance on man pack antenna systems; and

(2)

d. maintain battery chargers. d.

002.02.1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




DURÉE (MINs)


a. (CT0201) Install/remove HF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment to include

A57

45 (L) a.

(1) characteristics of HF Radio. A16, A23, A102 Chap 1, pg 1-1 to 1-7

b.

(2) Safety protocols to include: c.

(a) electrical (1)

(b) RF hazards (2)

(c) grounding and bonding of equipment and vehicle

(3)

(3) prepare radios for use by: A102 Chap 3 45 (L/D) (4)

(a) inspecting radio communication suite for serviceability

(a)

(b) ensuring all parts of the kit are accounted for, and

(b)

(4) install HF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment

A57 (5)

b. (ET0366) Operate HF vehicle mounted receiver/transmit and ancillary equip-ment to include:

d.

(1) (ET0365) program HF man pack receiver/transmitter equipment:

A102 Chap 2, pg 2-30 to 2-49

495 (L/D) (1)

(a) (DT0256) conduct acceptance checks of tactical crypto devices,

A77 (L) (a)

(b) (CT0194) install/remove tactical crypto devices,

A102 Chap 3, pg 3-19 to 3-20

(L/D) (b)

(c) set up KY-99A, A77 (L/D) (c)

(d) operate in secure and non secure,

A39 Chap 2, para 252 to 2526

(L/D) (d)

(e) (PT1111) maintain tactical crypto device, and

A77 (L/D) (e)

(f) (ET0354) operate tactical crypto devices,

A77 (L/D) (f)

(2) perform operational test on HF man pack receiver/transmitter and ancillary equipment, and

A1 45 (D/P) (2)

(3) operate HF man pack receiver/ transmitter and ancillary equipment in SSB mode.

A102, B4 45 (L/D) (3)

002.02.2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


c. .(GT0518) Maintain HF man pack receiver/transmitter and ancillary equipment:

e.

(1) (HT0616) troubleshoot HF man pack receiver/transmitter and ancillary equipment,

A57 90 (L/D/P) (1)

(2) (UT1289) inspect HF man pack receiver / transmitter and ancillary equipment,

A102 Chap 3, pg 3-1

45 (D/P) (a)

(3) (RT1203) perform preventative maintenance on HF manpack receiver/transmitter antenna systems:

A67 Part 3, pg 3-1

(2)

(a) (RT1202) inspect man pack antenna systems, and

45 (D/P) (a)

(b) (CT0167) install/remove man pack antenna systems.

A67 Part 2, pg 2-1 and 2-3

45 (D/P) (b)

d. (GT0482) Maintain battery chargers. A31, A49, and A57

45 (L/D) f.

EC 1-8 - practical exercise on employ CNR HF and KY-99A

180

PC 002 Part 2 - practical on employ CNR HF and KY-99A 225


5. Test Details. EC 1-8 is evaluated with a practical enabling check and PC 002 Part 2 test details can be found in Annex D.




7. Justification.


a. Projector, Screen, PC. a.


c. 13 x 138s Complete with EIS. c.

d. 26 x Man pack batteries. d.

e. Battery charger. e.

f. 13 x KY-99As complete with cabling. f.

g. 13 x DTD with cables. g.

h. Training Crypto. h.

9. Learning Aids 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Aucun.

a. AN/PRC 138 Operator Card. a.

b. Student handout. b.

002.02.3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.02.4/4

10. Remarks 10. Remarques.

a. Due to the lack of HF radios installed in Military Pattern Vehicles (MPV) at CFSCE, the Managing Authority at DAT has given permission to use the AN/PRC 138 (Manpack radio) during the EC 002.02 to demo and practice on.

a.

b. The instructional staff will ensure that the theory associated with installing, operating and maintaining of the HF radio within a MPV will be covered.

b.

c. An EC and PC will be administered at the end of this EO. One student per radio with four PC checks running concurrently.

c.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.03.1/4

EO 002.03 OCOM 002.03

1. Performance. Employ VHF radio system. 1. Rendement.



(1) RT-5121, (1)

(2) AM-5344, (2)

(3) vehicle or vehicle mock up with complete kit for functionality,

(3)

(4) AN/CYZ-10 with fill cable, (4)






3. Standard : ACISS DP1 will employ VHF Radio systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT0205) install VHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment;

a.

(1) characteristics and functions (1)

(2) safety protocols (2)

(3) prepare radio suite to include: (3)

(a) Physical inspection for damage; (a)

(b) Verify installation components; and (b)

(c) Review installation instructions (c)

(4) Install VHF suite in communication platform (4)

b. (ET0376) operate VHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment:

b.

(1) (ET0375) program VHF vehicles mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment,

(1)

(2) (DT0267) perform operational tests on VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment, and

(2)

(3) operate radio; and (3)

c. (GT0523) maintain VHF Vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

c.

(1) (HT0626) troubleshoot VHF vehicle (1)

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.03.2/4

mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment, and

(2) perform preventative maintenance on vehicle mounted antenna systems.

(2)



TEACHING POINTS REFERENCES TIME/ DURÉE (MINs)


a. (CT0205) Install VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment to include:

A45 Part 1 pg 1-1-4 to 1-1-12.

45 (L/D) a.

(1) characteristics and functions of VHF radio system,

A45 pg 1-1-16 to 1-1-23

(L) (1)

(2) safety protocols to include: (L) (2)

(a) electrical, (a)

(b) RF hazards, (b)

(c) grounding and bonding of equipment and vehicle,

(c)

(3) prepare radio suite for use by: A102 Chap 3. 45 (L/D) (3)

(a) ensure all parts of the kit are accounted for,

(a)

(b) inspecting radio communication suite for serviceability, and

(b)

(4) install VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment.

A45 and A47 45 (L) (4)

b. (ET0375) Operate a VHF Radio System to include :

A45 3-1-23 para 14 and 3-1-26 para 15-20, A12 Chap 3 pg 19 para 9

270 (L/D/P)

b.

(1) program VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment to include:

c.

(a) time of day, A12 Chap 3 pg 21 and 22,

(a)

(b) channel programming, A12 Chap 3 pg 19 (b)

(c) perform LEZ operation, A12 Chap 3 pg 19 (c)

(d) display tags, A45 Part 4 pg 4-13 (d)

(e) program frequency hopping, and

A45 Chap 4 pg 4-25 to 4-27.

(e)

(f) zeroize radio. A45 Chap 4 pg 4-29 to 4-30

(f)

(2) (DT 0267)Perform operational test on VHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment,.

A45 Chap 3 pg 3-2-13 para 8 and 3-2-30 para 24-25.

45 (L/D/P) d.

(3) (ET0376)Operate VHF vehicle A45 Chap 4 pg 4-1 45 (L/D/P) e.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.03.3/4

TEACHING POINTS REFERENCES TIME/ DURÉE (MINs)


mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment,.

to 4-7 and pg 4-17 and A32

c. (GT0523) Maintain VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

Anx E and A12 Chap 3 pg 22.

f.

(1) troubleshoot VHF Vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment (HT0626),

A12 Chap 3 pg 22, A45 Chap 2 pg 3-2-1, A52 Part 13 Sect 1 pg 13-1-1 and sect 2 Part 14 pg 1-2

45 (L/D) (1)

(2) maintenance procedures of VHF radio systems,

A45 Part 3. 45 (L/D) (a)

(3) (RT1203) perform preventative maintenance on vehicle mounted antenna systems:

A67 Part 3, pg 3-1. 90 (L/D) (2)

(a) UT1294) ,inspect VHF vehicle mounted receive /transmit and ancillary equipment,

(L/D) (a)

(b) (RT1202) inspect vehicle mounted antenna systems, and

(L/D) (b)

(c) (CT0167) install vehicle mounted antenna systems.

A67 Part 2, pg 2-1 and 2-3.

(L/D) (c)

EC 1-9 - practical exercise on employ CNR VHF radio 180

PC 002 Part 3 - practical on employ CNR VHF radio 225




6. Method. Lecture/Demonstration/Practical. 6. Méthode.


7. Justification.




c. 13 x AM/PRC 522 complete with EIS . c.

d. 26 x Manpack batteries. d.

e. Battery Charger. e.

f. 13 x KYK13 or DTD with cables. f.

g. Training Crypto. g.

9. Learning Aids 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Aucun.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.03.4/4

a. AN/PRC 522 Operator Card. a.


10. Remarks 10. Remarques

a. Install refers to install and remove systems or equipment.

a.

b. Operate VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment. (ET0376) This task will be operating from the front of the radio.

b.

c. Install VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment will be only a lettuce, due to the lack of IKEE available and vehicles to install the IKEE into. Managing Authority at DAT has determined that students will develop the skill of installing an IKEE through OJT.

c.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.04.1/4

EO 002.04 OCOM 002.04

1. Performance. Employ IRIS LAN 1. Rendement.



(1) vehicles or mock-ups with complete communication suites,

(1)






3. Standard : ACISS DP1 will employ an IRIS LAN to include:

3. Norme.

a. operate control devices IAW ref A52, A89 by configure/reconfigure IRIS radio nets (FT0426) to include:

a.

(1) preparing CI, i.

(2) performing primary operations to include:

ii.

(a) configure the CFG Menu iii.

(b) Configure the CON Menu iv.

(3) Configure Tel Menu; v.

(4) Use the loudspeaker LS-5208/VRC vi.

(5) performing remote kit operating, vii.

(6) Perform operator maintenance of the C-5602/URC

viii.

b. (CT1509) install TacComm systems to include:

b.

(1) install wave-guides and coaxial cables, (1)

(2) install hardware, and (2)

(3) install vehicle mounted antenna systems to include:

(3)

(a) (CT0165) install mast mounted antenna systems , and

(a)

(b) vehicle mounted antennas; and (b)

c. (FT0425) interconnect communication shelters to include:

c.

(1) operate vehicle interface panel (VIP), (1)

(2) connect vehicles using the LDN cable, and (2)

(3) CI extension kit. (3)



A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.04.2/4

TEACHING POINTS REFERENCESTIME/

DURÉE (MINs)


a. operate control devices IAW ref A52, A89 by configure and reconfigure IRIS radio nets:

A52, A89 a.

(1) Prepare CI to include : (1)

(a) describe the C-5602/URC equipment characteristics,

A52 135 (L/D) (a)

(b) explain the functions of the C-5602/URC controls, indicators and connectors,

(b)

(c) power up the C-5602/URC, (c)

(d) operate C-5602/URC volume control, and

(d)

(e) operate C-5602/URC intercom services, and

(e)

(2) Performing primary operations to include:

(2)

(a) configure the CFG Menu: A52 135 (L/D/P) (3)

i. Set up C-5602/URC user configuration,

(a)

ii. Set up C-5602/URC master configurations, and

(b)

iii. Configure/Reconfigure IRIS Radio Nets (FT0426)

(c)

Practice configuring the CFG Menu 45

(b) Configure the CON Menu A52 b.

i. perform user control functions of the C-5602/URC (Whisper & Terminal), and

270 (L/D/P)

(1)

ii. perform master control functions using the C-5602/URC:

(2) s

i. radios, (a)

ii. vehicle, and (b)

iii. alarms. (c)

Practice configuring the CON Menu 90

(3) Configure Tel Menu: A52 c.

(a) set up C-5602/URC telephone services, and

90 (L/D/P)

(1)

(b) operate C-5602/URC telephone services.

(2)

(4) Use the loudspeaker LS-5208/VRC:

A106 45 (L/D/P) d.

(a) explain controls and connectors,

(1)

(b) configure loudspeaker LS-5028/VRC, and

(2)

(c) describe operator (3)

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.04.3/4


DURÉE (MINs)


maintenance of the loudspeaker LS-5028/VRC.

(5) Use the remote kit RKT 1-1: A53 45 (L/D) e.

(a) describe the remote kit RKT 1-1 equipment characteristics,

(1)

(b) explain the functions of the RKT 1-1,

(2)

(c) assemble the RKT 1-1, (3)

(d) set up the RKT 1-1 remote kit, and

(4)

(e) describe operator maintenance on the RKT 1-1.

(5)

(6) Perform operator maintenance of the C-5602/URC:

A52 45 (L/D/P) (6)

(a) inspection, (7)

(b) operational readiness test, (8)

(c) fault codes, and (9)

(d) initiated built in test. (10)

b. (CT1509) Install TacComm systems 90 f.

(1) interpret IRIS LAN block diagrams blueprints, records and drawings,

A99 chap 1-2, chap4 para 4.1 and 4.2.3, Fig 172

(L) (1)

(2) install hardware, and A40, A104 sec 2 & 3, A52

(L/D) (2)

(3) (CT0174) install coaxial cables. A99 (L/D) (3)

c. Interconnect communication shelters (FT0425):

A90 90 (L/D/P) g.

(1) operate vehicle interface panel (VIP), (1)

(2) connect vehicles using the LDN cable, and

(2)

(3) CI extension kit. (3)

EC 1- 10 - Practical exercise on employ IRIS LAN 180

PC 002 Part 4 - on employ IRIS LAN FTX






7. Justification.


a. Projector, Screen, materials,. a.


A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

002.04.4/4

9. Learning Aids. Student handouts. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Documents du cours.



a.

b. JT1529 Interpret Blueprints, records and drawings refers to block diagrams.

b.

c. The PC will be conducted during the field exercise. Therefore no time will be allocated within the PO.

c.

d. Ref AIG 2657: Do not connect LS-5028/VRC to the RT-5121/U

d.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 003 OREN 003

1. Performance Employ tactical communication data system.

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) tactical communication data equipment and antenna systems,

(2)

(3) computer system with applicable software, (3)



b. Denied : Nil b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.



3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ tactical communication data systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT0209) install UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32;

a.

b. (ET0384) operate UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32 by:

b.

(1) (ET0383) programming UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit IAW ref C32 to include:

(1)

(a) Configuring radio using the user readout (URO) devices,

(a)

(b) Configuring radio using the virtual user readout (VURO) terminal,

(b)

(c) loading crypto keys into the data communication device, and

(c)

(d) Entering radio frequency into the radio,

(d)

(2) (DT0271) performing operational tests on UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32,and

(2)

(3) operating radio to include: (3)

(a) communication in all modes, and (a)

(b) changing the frequency; and (b)

003.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

003.2/2

c. (GT0527) maintaining UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAWref Anx E to include:

c.

(1) (UT1298) inspecting UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment, and

(1)

(2) (HT0634) troubleshooting UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32.

(2)



a. Specification Task – CT0209, DT0271, ET0383, ET0384, UT0634, UT1298.


b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – b. Numéros de l’élément de connaissance essentielle –

5. Enabling Objective. EO 003.01 Employ Tactical Communication Data Systems

5. Objectifs de compétence. OCOM 002.01





9. Remarks. The following comments were taken from the QS: The CNR UHF radio that is being referenced above is the new EPLRS radio system.

9. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 003.01 OCOM 003.01

1. Performance. Employ tactical communication data systems.

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) tactical communication data equipment and antenna systems,

(2)

(3) computer system with applicable software,

(3)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ tactical communication data systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT0209) installing UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32;

a.

b. (ET0384) operating UHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32 by:

b.

(1) (ET0383) programming UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit IAW ref C32 to include:

(1)

(a) configuring radio using the user readout (URO) device,

(a)

(b) configuring radio using the virtual user readout (VURO) terminal,

(b)

(c) loading crypto keys into the data communication device, and

(c)

(d) entering radio frequencies in the radio,

(d)

(2) (DT0271) performing operational tests on UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref C32, and

(2)


(a) communication in all modes, and (a)

(b) changing the frequency; and (b)

c. (GT0527) maintainingUHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

c.

(1) (HT0632) troubleshooting UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary

(1)

003.01.1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

equipment, and

(2) performing preventative maintenance on vehicle mounted antenna systems.

(2)




DURÉE (MINs)


a. (CT0209) Install UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

C32 a.

(1) basic characteristics of data transmitting:

45 (L) (1)

(a) transmission control protocol, (a)

(b) characteristics, theory of internet protocol,

(b)

(c) hexadecimal numbering system, and

(c)

(d) bandwidth principles, (d)

(2) describe land command system support (LCSS),

45 (L) (2)

(3) characteristics and functions of UHF Radio System:

45 (L) (3)

(a) describe MCR RS equip-ment characteristics,

B8 Chap 1 (a)

(b) explain the functions of the MCR controls, connectors and indicators, and

B8 Chap 1 (b)

(c) describe the user readout (URO) device, and

B8 Chap 2 (c)

(4) Install UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment.

C32 45 (L/D) (4)

b. (ET0384) Operate UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

630 (L/D/P) b.

(1) (ET0383) program UHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit:

C32 (1)

(a) configure the MCR using the URO,

B8 (a)

(b) load crypto keys, B8 (b)

(c) configure the MCR using the virtual user readout device (VURO), and

B8 (c)

(d) enter radio frequencies in the radio,

(d)

(2) (DT0271) perform operational tests on UHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment,

C32 (2)

003.01.2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)



(a) communication in all modes, and

(a)

(b) changing the frequency. (b)

c. (GT0527) Maintain UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

c.

(1) (HT0632) troubleshoot UHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment.

B8 Chap 3 45 (L/D) (1)

(a) maintenance procedures of UHF radio systems

B8 Chap 3 pg 010 00-1

(a)

(b) (CT0209) install UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment.

(b)

(2) (RT1203) perform preventative maintenance on vehicle mounted antenna systems:

45 (D/P) (2)

(a) (UT1298) inspect UHF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment.

(a)

(b) (RT1202) inspect vehicle mounted antenna systems, and

(b)

(c) (CT0167) install vehicle mounted antenna systems.

A67 Part 2, pg 2-1 and 2-3.

(c)

EC 1-11 - practical exercise on Employ Tactical Communication Data System

180

PC 003 Part 1 - practical Employ Tactical Communication Data System

225






7. Justification.



b. White board/markers. b.

c. Laptop CF-30 ( x 12). c.

d. IRIS Lan including 12 LES. d.

003.01.3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

003.01.4/4

9. Learning Aids. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Aucun.

a. VURO and MCR frequency mapping tool Software.

a.




a.

b. ET0383 and DT 0271 are covered by ET0384. b.

c. Teaching point 4a(2) is a brief description of how the system is currently set up.

c.

d. An EC and PC will be administered at the end of this EO. One student per radio with four 4 PCs running concurrently.

d.

e. EC 1-9 Configure the MCR with the URO and the VURO in order to join the network.

e.

f. PC 002 Part 4 Configure the MCR with the VURO in order to join the network.

f.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 004 OREN 004

1. Performance. Employ tactical communication satellite systems.

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) tactical communication satellite equipment and antenna systems,

(2)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ tactical communication satellite systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT1732) installing tri-band radio receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A102; and

(a)

b. (ET1733) operating tri-band radio receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref by:

(2)

(1) Preparing radio for use by: (a)

(a) inspecting IAW ref A102, and i.

(b) assembling/disassembling radio sets IAW ref A102, pg 2-2 to 2-7, 6, 7 and 9

ii.

(2) (ET1734) programming tri-band radio receive/ transmit IAW ref A102, pg 1-5, 1-7, 3-8, 3-17 to 3-19, 3-21, 3-22, 3-27 to 3-34, 4-27, 13, 14, 18 to 20, 23 to 25 and B2,

(b)

(3) (DT1735) performming operational tests on tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A102, pg 3-28, 3-30, and B2,

(c)

(4) operating radio by: (d)

(a) communicating in tri-band secure mode IAW ref A102, pg 3-21 to 22,

i.

(b) monitoring radio status, and ii.

(c) zeroing radio IAW ref A102, pg 3-94 to 95 and 7,

iii.

(5) (GT1697) maintaining tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref Anx E to include (UT1727) inspecting tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A102, Chap 5, and

(3)

(6) (HT1685) troubleshooting tri-band radio receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A102, Chap 4.

(4)

004.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

004.2/2


4. Numéros de tâche de la description et de l’élément de connaissance essentielle/d’habileté

a. Specification Task - CT1732, DT1735, ET1733, ET1734, GT1697, HT1685, UT1727.


b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers - b. Numéros de l’élément de connaissance essentielle –

5. Enabling Objective. EO 004.01 Employ Tactical Communication Satellite Systems

5. Objectifs de compétence. OCOM 004.01 -






9. Remarques.

a. Install refers to "install and remove" the system or equipment.

a.

b. The CNR satellite radio that is being referenced above is the new PRC-117F.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 004.01 OCOM 004.01

1. Performance. Employ tactical communication satellite systems.

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) tactical communication satellite equipment and antenna systems,

(2)






3. Standard. ACISS DP1 will employ tactical communication satellite systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT1732) installing/removing tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment IAW ref A102;

a.

b. (ET1733) operating multi band radio systems; and

b.

c. (GT1697) performing preventative maintenance on multi band radio systems.

c.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. (CT1732) Install/remove tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

90 (L/D) a.

(1) characteristics and functions of multi band radio system to include:

A101 pg 2 and 3, B2 (L) (1)

(a) connectors, A101 pg 6 (L/D) (a)

(b) function switch, A101 pg 7 (L/D) (b)

(c) keypad display unit, A101 pg 7 (L/D) (c)

(d) display, and A101 pg 9 (L/D) (d)

(e) antennas, and (L/D) (e)

(2) safety protocols to include: (L) (2)

(a) electrical, and

B2 Doc

C-53-B41-000/ME-001 pg 2-19 to 2-20 (a)

(b) RF hazards. (b)

004.01.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


b. Grounding and bonding of equipment and vehicle:

(c)

(1) prepare radio suite for use by: 45 (L/D) (3) (a) ensure all parts of the kit

are accounted for, and (a)

(b) inspecting radio communication suite for serviceability, and

(b)

(2) install tri-band radio receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment.

A102 45 (L) (4)

c. (ET1733) Operate Multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

405 b.

(1) (ET1734) program multi-band pack receive/transmit

A101, B2, Doc C-53-B41-000/MB-001 Chap 4

(1)

(a) crypto fill, B2, Doc C-53-B41-000/MB-001 pg 3-17 to 3-19

(L/D/P) (a)

(b) LOS: B2, Doc C-53-B41-000/MB-001 Chap 4

(L/D/P) (b)

i. VHF, and A101 pg 13 i. ii. UHF, A101 pg 14 ii.

(c) SATCOM, A101 pg 18-20 (L) (c) (d) DAMA, A101 pg 23-25 (L) (d) (e) operate in secure and

non-secure, and B2, Doc C-53-B41-000/MB-001 pg 3-21 to 3-22

(L/D/P) (e)

(f) zeroize radio, A101 pg 7, B2, Doc C-53-B41-000/MB-001 pg 3-94 to 3-95

(L/D/P) (f)

(2) (DT1735) perform operational tests on multi band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

A101 pg 30 (L/D/P) (2)

(a) test mode, and A101 pg 30 (a) (b) RSSI, and B2, Doc C-53-B41-

000/MB-001 pg 3-28(L) (b)

(3) operate multi band receiver/ transmitter and ancillary equip-ment.

B2 Doc C-53-B41-000/ME-001

(L/D) (3)

d. (GT1697) Maintain multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment:

B2, Doc C-53-B41-000/MB-001 Chap 5

450

c.

(1) (UT1727) inspect multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment, and

(L/D/P) (1)

(2) (HT1685) troubleshoot multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment.

(L/D/P) (2)

EC 1-12 - Practical exercise on employ tactical communication satellite systems

180

PC 004 Part 1 - practical on employ tactical communication satellite systems

225


004.01.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

004.01.3/3





7. Justification.




c. 13 x 117F’s Complete with EIS . c.

d. One each of all antenna types available. d.

e. 26 x Manpack batteries. e.

f. Battery charger. f.

g. 13 x KYK13 or DTD with cables. g.

h. Training Crypto. h.


a. AN/PRC 117F Operator Card. a.



a. Operate multi band vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment; this task will be performed by operating from the front of the radio.

a.

b. An EC and PC will be administered at the end of this EO. One student per radio with four PC checks running concurrently.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 005 OREN 005

1. Performance. Employ tactical information systems (IS).

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) computer, peripherals and current applications,

(2)

(3) information system security guidelines, (3)



b. Denied: Nil. b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.



3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ tactical information systems (IS) to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT1511) installing/removing tactical IS IAW ref C29, pg 13-15 by:

(a)

(1) (CT0190) installing/removing IS peripherals,

(2)

(2) booting computer IAW ref C29, pg 15, and C11, pg 39-44, and

(a)

(3) confirming network connectivity IAW ref C14, pg 15-17;

i.

b. (OT1019) using IS application software IAW ref B5, C30, C11, to include:

ii.

(1) using current client erminal operation system IAW ref C11, pg 63-79, and

(b)

(2) using current baseline Commerical Off The Shelf (COTS) applications IAW ref C30;

(c)

c. (LT1576) maintaining tactical IS IAW ref C29, pg 18, 24-27 and 29-31 to include:

(d)

(1) confirming connectivity IAW C11, pg 15-17 and C17 by troubleshooting connectivity IAW ref C17 pg 349-352, and

i.

(2) (LT1575) restoring tactical IS IAW ref C11; and

(3)

d. (PT1607) enforcing IS security measures IAW ref B7, Chap 2 by (PT1055) identifying IS security threats IAW ref B6, Chap 101.05.

(4)

005.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

005.2/2



a. Specification Task - CT0190, CT1511, LT1575, LT1576, OT1019, PT1055, PT1607.


b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers - GK0462, GK0463, GK0484, K0135, K0150, EK0080, EK0090, JK0636, JK0637, JK0652, JK0673, JK0675, JK0679, KK0701, LK0726, LK0745, LK0752, LK0754, DK0933, DK0939, DK0940, TK1594.


5. Enabling Objective 5. Objectifs de compétence

a. EO 005.01 - Operate a Tactical Information System (IS).

a.

b. EO 005.02 - Confirm Connectivity of a Tactical Information System (IS).

b.





9. Remarks. The following comments were taken from the QS: A basic understanding of the OSI model and transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) needs to be capture in this PO to allow member to confirm network connectivity.

9. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 005.01 OCOM 005.01

1. Performance. Operate a tactical information system (IS).

1. Rendement. Remplir une carte de données d’un emplacement d’armes.



(1) computer, (1)

(2) Word software application, (2)

(3) Excel software application, (3)


(5) supervision (5)



c. Environnement : de jour ou de nuit sous diverses conditions météorologiques..

3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will operate a tactical IS to include:

3. Norme

a. (CT1511) installing tactical IS IAW ref C29, pg13-15 to by:

a.

(1) setting up a personal computer, (1)

(2) (CT0190) installing/removing IS peripherals,

(2)

(3) booting computer, and (3)

(4) confirming network connectivity; and (4)

b. (OT1019) using IS application software IAW ref B5, C30, C11, to include:

b.

(1) using current client terminal operating system IAW ref C11, pg 63-79, and

(1)

(2) using the current baseline COTS applications IAW ref C30:

(2)

(a) Word Basic software application, (a)

(b) Excel Basic software application, and (b)

(c) operate basic baseline applications (c)

005.01.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Install tactical IS: C29 pg 13-15 22.5 (L/D/P) a.

b. Understanding basic hardware of a personal computer:

C14, part 1 pg 10

(1)

(1) set up a personal computer by: (2)

(a) connecting personal computer to monitor,

(a)

(b) connecting keyboard and mouse to personal computer,

(b)

(c) connecting LAN cable to NIC and the DVO, and

(c)

(d) establishing power to the personal computer and monitor,

(d)

(2) installing/removing IS peripherals, (3)

(3) explaining the boot sequence of the personal computer, snf

C14, Part 1 pg 2 22.5 (L/D/P) (4)

(4) confirming network connectivity C14, pg 15-17 (5)

c. Use IS application software B5, C30, C11 b.

(1) use current client terminal operating system,

C11, pg 63-79 (1)

(2) use Word Basic software to include:

C30 405 (L/D/P) (2)

(a) working with documents, (a)

(b) editing and proofreading documents,

(b)

(c) changing the appearance of document,

(c)

(d) presenting information in tables and columns,

(d)

(e) working with graphics and charts,

(e)

(f) collaborating with others, (f)

(g) previewing and printing a document, and

(g)

(h) previewing and creating web pages.

(h)

(3) use Excel Basic software to include:

(3)

(a) getting to know Excel,

405 (L/D/P)

(a)

(b) setting up a workbook, (b)

(c) performing calculations on data,

(c)

(d) changing document appearance,

(d)

(e) filtering and recording data, (e)

005.01.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

005.01.3/3


DURÉE (MINs)


(f) combining data from multiple sources,

(f)

(g) creating charts, (g)

(h) printing, and (h)

(i) collaborating in Excel. (i)

(4) operate Basic Baseline applications:

45 (L/D) (4)

(a) open Outlook, (a)

(b) send e-mail, and (b)

(c) PKI card: (c)

i. what it does, and i.

ii. what level of security. ii.

EC 1-13 - Practical exercise on operating a tactical information system.

180


5. Test Details. EC1-13 is a practical and PC 005 Part 1 will be conducted after EO 005.02. PC 005 Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. . Lecture/ Demonstration/Practical. 6. Méthode. Exposé/ démonstration/ exécution.

7. Substantiation. Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material. Demonstration/ practice was selected to demonstrate a new skill and then allow the trainee time to practice.





b.

c. Software. c.


a. Computer. a.

b. Software. b.



a.

b. The TE has the capability to instruct both the Word and Excel software application.

b.

c. PC 003 Part 1 will be conducted at the end of EO 003.03.

c.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 005.02 OCOM 005.02

1. Performance. Confirm connectivity of a tactical information system (IS).

1. Rendement.



(1) block diagram of LAN, (1)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will confirm connectivity of a tactical IS to include:

3. Norme.

a. network fundamentals: a.

(1) open systems interconnection (OSI) model, and

(1)

(2) network address (2)

b. network block diagram; b.

c. (LT1576) maintain tactical IS:: c.

(1) confirm connectivity, and (1)

(2) (LT1575) restore tactical IS; and (2)

d. (PT1607) enforce IS security measures to include (PT1055) identifying IS security threats.

d.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Describe Network fundamentals: 45 (L) a. (1) OSI model, and (1) (2) Network Address: (2)

(a) DNS basic overview,

C14, Part 7 pg 298 C13, Part 7 pg 342

(a) (b) IP basic overview, and (b) (c) TCP basic overview. (c)

b. Describe network block diagram and Interconnectivity for the following:

C13, part 7 pg 344

45 (L) b.

(1) personal computer, (a) (2) DVO, (b) (3) communication closet, and (c) (4) server. (d)

005.02.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

005.02.2/2


DURÉE (MINs)


c. Explain the process of maintaining a tactical IS:

C29, pg 18, 24-27 and 29 to 31

c.

(1) confirm connectivity by troubleshooting the following:

45 (L) (1)

(a) network icon, (a)

(b) verify patch cable, and (b)

(c) DVO connection to switch, (c)

(2) reporting problems to IS representa-tive, and

(2)

(3) restore tactical IS. C11 (3)

d. Explain the process of enforcing IS security measures and identify IS security threats.

B7, Chap 2 B6, Chap 101.05

45 (L) d.

PC 005 Part 1 employ tactical information system 45


5. Test Details. PC 005 Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture 6. Méthode. Exposé.

7. Substantiation. Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material.

7. Justification.




b.

9. Learning Aids. Computer. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Ordinateur.

10. Remarks. 10. Remarques

a. The instructional staff can use the classroom computer to demonstrate the connectivity of a LAN.

a.

b. The TPWB recommends that the instructional staff should arrange with the TE to show a communication closet.

b.

c. PC 003 Part 1 will be conducted at the end of EO 003.03.

c.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 006 OREN 006

1. Performance. Employ tactical line (TacLine) system.

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) communication lines and cables, (2)

(3) communication hardware and connectors, (3)

(4) test equipment, (4)

(5) telephony equipment, (5)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ TacLine system to include:

3. Norme.

a. (CT1510) ) installing/removing TacLine system by:

(a)

(1) (CT0172) installing/recovering tactical communication lines IAW ref A15, pg 9-2 to include:

(2)

(a) selecting the route for laying communication lines,

(a)

(b) employing wire line equipment, i.

(c) (CT1741) tagging field cables IAW ref A15 pg 9-12, and

ii.

(d) testing communication lines IAW ref A81.

(3)

b. (QT1596) maintaining TacLine system IAW ref Anx E of this QS to include:

b.

(1) (GT0506) maintaining tactical cables IAW ref A15 and C29 by (QT1159) splicing copper wires IAW ref A15, pg 6-8 to 6-13; and

(1)

(2) (QT1595) restoring TacLine system IAW ref A15 and C29.

(2)

c. (ET1515) operating telephone equipment IAW ref A63, to include:

c.

(1) (CT0163) installing/removing telephones IAW ref A63 to include field telephone by:

d.

(a) assembling telephone IAW ref A63, pg 2-1 para 3 and pg 2-2, para 3 and 8; and

e.

006.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

006.2/2

(b) performing telephone operational test IAW ref A63, pg 3-1, para 1-15 and pg 3-3 para 16.

f.

(2) (GT0499) maintaining telephones IAW ref A63, pg 3-4, paras 17-22, 23-25, pg 3-5 para 26-29 and pg 4-1 para 1-14

g.

(3) disassembling telephone IAW ref A63, pg 1-9, pg 3-3 para 15-19 and pg 3-6 para 31.

h.



a. Specification Task - CT0163, CT0172, CT1510, CT1741, ET1515, GT0499, GT0506, QT1159, QT1595, QT1596



5. Enabling Objective 5. Objectifs de compétence

a. EO 006.01 - Install TacLine Systems. a.

b. EO 006.02 - Operate Field Telephone Equipment. b.

c. EO 006.03 - Maintain TacLine Systems. c.





9. Remarks. The following comments were taken from the QS: Once a new tactical SWBD is supported by the Army, the installation, operation and maintenance of the tactical switchboard will be inserted into the QS and supported by the ACISS job

9. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 006.01 OCOM 006.01

1. Performance. Install TacLine systems. 1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) communication lines and cables, (2)

(3) communication hardware and connectors, (3)

(4) test equipments, (4)


(6) line maintenance tools, (6)

(7) PPE, (7)



b. Denied : Nil. b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.



3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will install TacLine systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. work safety precautions; a.

b. installing and recovering tactical communication lines by:

b.

(1) selecting the route for laying communication lines,

(1)

(2) terminating tactical communication cables, and

(2)

(3) employing line laying and recovery equipment,

(3)

c. types of communication lines; (4)

d. types of knots and hitches; (5)

e. tag field cables; and (6)

f. testing communication lines. (7)




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Work safety precautions to include: A15 Chap 2 45 (L) a.

(1) fibre laser safety, and

(2) general work safety. A101 pg ix

006.01.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


b. Install/recover tactical communication lines to include:

A15 pg 9-2 to 9-11 45 (L/D/P) b.

(1) selection of route for laying lines,

A81 pg 3-1

(2) surface line construction to include:

A81 pg 3-9

(a) WD-1, and

(b) TFOCA,

(3) aerial construction to include: A81 pg 3-4

(a) WD-1, and

(b) TFOCA,

(4) crossing roads to include: A81 pg 3-9

(a) WD-1, and

(b) TFOCA.

c. Terminate WD-1 tactical communication cables to include:

A63 pg 3-7, 3-8 para 20-23

45 (L/D/P) c.

(1) pig tail,

(2) vehicle termination, and

(3) RA-2000 connection.

d. Employ wire line equipment to include:

A15 Chap 5 45 (L/D/P) d.

(1) wire reel RL-159/U, A81 p.2-13 para 1, 2-14 fig 2-15,2-14

(2) field wire dispenser reel DR-5, A81 p 2-14 para 2 fig 2-15, 2-19

(3) field wire dispenser MX-306A/G,

A81 p 2-19 para 2 fig 2-23, 2-18

(4) axle RL-27D, A81 p 2-18 para 2-21, 2-22

(5) reel equipment CE-11, A15 pg.5-6 fig 5-11-5-13

(6) fibre optic cable assembly (TFOCA), and

A90 pg 1-1-4 para 7-8, 1-2 fig 1-1

e. Describe characteristics of communication lines to include:

45 (L) e.

(1) WD-1, and A15 3-1 WD-1

(2) fibre optic cable and connectors.

A102 p. 2-3 para 2a, 2b fig 2-3, 2-4 para 3 fig 2-5 and 2-6, 2-10 para 5 fig 2-12 and 2-13

f. Tying knots and hitches to include: A15 4-1 and 4-3 45 (L/D/P) f.

(1) field wire ties to include:

(a) clove hitch tie back,

(b) telegraph tie-back, and

(c) special handling procedures for TFOCA, and

(2) square knots.

006.01.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

006.01.3/3


DURÉE (MINs)


g. (CT1741) Tag field cables: A81 3-12 to 3-16 90 (L/D/P) f.

(1) placement, (1)

(2) identification procedures for marking pertinent information, and

(2)

(3) circuit markings, A15 pg 9-12 to 9-14 (3)

EC1-14 - Practical Exercise on testing communication lines IAW ref A81

45


5. Test Details EC1-14 is a practical EC and PC 006Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/ Demonstration/Practice 6. Méthode.


7. Justification.


a. Projector, Screen, materials. a.


c. Training area. c.

d. Communication lines. d.

e. Line laying and recovering equipment. e.

f. Testing equipment. f.

g. Line tags. g.

h. Line maintenance tools. h.

i. Gloves. i.

j. References. j.

k. Supervision. k.

9. Learning Aids. Student handout. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Document du cours.


a. Install refers to "install/remove" systems or equipment.

a.

b. WD-1 splicing should be practiced and tested with a 10 minute time limit.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 006.02 OCOM 006.02

1. Performance. Operate field telephone equipment. 1. Rendement.



(1) RA-2000, (1)

(2) field cable, (2)


(4) references. (4)




3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will operate field telephone equipment to include:

3. Norme.

a. installing/removing telephones by: a.

(1) assembling field telephone RA-2000, and (1)

(2) performing telephone operational test; (2)

b. performing operator’s daily preventive maintenance; and

b.

c. operating telephone equipment. c.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Install/remove telephone (CT 0163) to include:

22.5 (L/D/P)

a.

(1) characteristics of the field telephone,

A63 Part1, Part2 para 1 thru 6, Part 3 para 7&8, Part 4 Sect 1&2

(L) (a)

(2) assembling field telephone RA-2000, and

A63, pg 2-1 para 3 and pg 2-2, para 3 and 8

(D/P) (b)

(3) performing telephone operational test.

A63 pg 3-7 para 19, pg 3-9 para 27, pg 4-3-2 para 5

(D/P) (c)

b. Operate telephone equipment to include:

45 (L/D) b.

(1) operating under normal conditions; and

A63 pgs 4-3-1 to 4-3-4

(a)

(2) operationing under unusual conditions.

A63 pgs 4-3-5 to 4-3-6

(b)

006.02.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

006.02.2/2


DURÉE (MINs)


c. Maintain telephone (GT0499) to include:

A63, pg 3-4, paras 17-22, 23-25, pg 3-5 para 26-29 and pg 4-1 para 1-14

22.5 (L/D) c.

(1) permissive repair checklist, and A 64 pg 6 -8 d.

(2) disassembling telephone. A63, pg 1-9, pg 3-3 para 15-19 and pg 3-6 para 31

e.

EC 1-15 Practical exercise on operating a field telephone.

45


5. Test Details EC 1-15 is a practical EC and PC 006Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/ Demonstration 6. Méthode.

7. Substantiation. The combination of lecture/ demonstration will provide the best balance of instructional techniques.

7. Justification.


a. Projector, screen, materials. a.


c. RA-2000. c.

d. Super 88 tape. d.

e. “C” cell batteries (1.5v). e.

f. WD-1. f.

g. Diagrams. g.


a. Student handout (Operator Card RA-2000). a.

b. References (RA-2000 pubs). b.

10. Remarks. Nil. 10. Remarques. Aucune.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 006.03 OCOM 006.03

1. Performance. (QT1596) Maintain TacLine systems. 1. Rendement.



(1) training area, (1)

(2) communication lines, (2)

(3) line laying and recovery equipment, (3)

(4) testing equipment, (4)

(5) line maintenance tools, (5)

(6) PPE, (6)

(7) references, and (7) Références et;

(8) supervision. (8) Supervision.




3. Standard : The ACISS DP1 will maintain TacLine systems to include:

3. Norme.

a. maintaining tactical cables; a.

b. splicing copper wires; and (1)

c. restoring TacLine systems. b.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. (GT1506)Maintain tactical cables to include:

45 (L/D) a.

(1) restore TacLine systems (QT1595) and

A15 pgs 11-1,11-2

(2) maintain fault control log. A81 pgs 3-28,3-29

b. Explain cable testing methods to include:

45 (L/D)

(1) fault finding and A15 pg 11-3 (2) testing procedures. A15 pg 11-2

c. Recovering and servicing communication lines to include:

45 (L/D)

(1) WD-1, and A15 pg 9-17, 9-18 (2) TFOCA A90 pg 4-12

A98 pg 3-20

d. (QT1159) Splice Copper Wire to include WD-1.

A15 6-8 to 6-13 180 (L/D)

EC 1-16 Practical exercise on maintaining a TacLine system

180

PC 006 Part 1 Practical on employ TacLine systems FTX


006.03.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

006.03.2/2


5. 5. Modalités de contrôle.

6. Method. Lecture/ Demonstration/Practical. 6. 6. Méthode.

7. Substantiation. The combination of lecture/ demonstration/practical will provide the best balance of instructional techniques.

7. 7. Justification.


a. Training area. a.

b. Communication lines. b.

c. Line laying and recovering equipment. c.

d. Testing equipment. d.

e. Line tags. e.

f. Line maintenance tools. f.

g. Gloves. g.

h. PPE. h.

i. References. i.

j. Supervision. j.

9. Learning Aids. References. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Références


a. TFOCA should be included during the practical line laying portion.

a.

b. PC for PO 004 will be evaluated during the field exercise.

b.

c. EC 1-14 Practical should cover the following topics:

c.

(1) tie back, (1)

(2) splice, (2)

(3) surface laying of TacLines, (3)

(4) function test, (4)

(5) fault locating, (5)

(6) fault repair, (6)

(7) documentation, and (7)

(8) service and recovery. (8)

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 007 OREN 007

1. Performance. Employ counter-radio controlled improvised explosive device (C-RCIED) system.

1. Rendement.



(1) C-RCIED system (1)


(2)

(3) tactical radio communication systems, (3)

(4) communication diagrams, (4)

(5) communication logs, (5)


(7) CEOIs, (7)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ C-RCIED system to include:

3. Norme.

a. (TT1742) operating C-RCIED equipment IAW ref A100 and C37 to include:

a.

(1) mobile counter measures (MCM) equipment, and

(1)

(2) portable counter measure (PCM) equipment,

(2)

b. (TT1743) verifying C-RCIED equipment serviceability IAW ref C38 by:

b.

(1) confirming power connection, and (1)

(2) confirming cable connections; (2)

c. (TT1744) performing C-RCIED emergency destruction procedures IAW refs A100 and A101 by (TT1745) performing C-RCIED equpment erase/zeroize functions IAW ref C38, Sect 8.5.

c.



a. Job Base Specification Task Numbers: TT1742, TT1743, TT1744, TT1745

a. Tâche de la description – TT1742, TT1743, TT1744, TT1745.


5. Enabling Objective. EO 007.01 - Employ C-RCIED System.

5. Objectif de compétence


007.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

007.2/2




9. Remarks. The following comments were taken from the QS:

9. Remarques.

a. Operating the MCM/PCM includes the verification that the system is operating within normal perimeters and how the system is employed in an RCIED environment.

a.

b. This C-RCIED package is derived from CLS direction that all army occupations will incorporate these standards into respective occupation standards. This C-RCIED standard is at a basic level and higher level training is captured on the C-RCIED specialty specification standard.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 007.01 OCOM 007.01

1. Performance. Employ C-RCIED System. 1. Rendement.



(1) C-RCIED systems (MCM and PCM), (1)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ C-RCIED system to include:

3. Norme.

a. operating C-RCIED equipment IAW ref A100 and C37 to include:

a.

(1) introduction to C-RCIED equipment and employment,

(1)

(2) applying safety precautions, (2)

(3) RADHAZ, (3)

(4) describing equipment specifications (capabilities and limitations):

(4)

(a) verify C-RCIED equipment serviceability IAW ref C38 by:

(a)

i. connectivity, and i.

ii. check for damage, ii.

(b) power up/power down MCM equipment, and

(b)

(c) power up/power down PCM equipment;

(c)

b. performing Level 1 - Operator Maintenance of C-RCIED equipment;

b.

c. performing C-RCIED equipment erase/zeroize functions IAW ref C38, Sect 8.5; and

c.

d. performing C-RCIED emergency destruction procedures IAW refs A100 and A101.

d.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Operate C-RCIED equipment IAW ref A100 and C37 to include:

a.

(1) introduction to C-RCIED equipment and employment:

157.5 (L) (1)

(a) radio controlled devices, (a) (b) C-RCIED equipment

employment, (b)

007.01.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(c) describe C-RCIED TTPs, and (c) (d) describe enemy IED TTPs, (d)

(2) Apply safety precautions: (2) (a) electrical safety, and (a) (b) RF safety, (b)

(3) RADHAZ: (3) (a) theory, and (a) (b) hazards and effects on

equipment and other devices, (b)

(4) describe equipment capabilities and limitations to include:

(4)

(a) MCM to include PDA, (a) i. terrain, and i.

ii. safe coverage, and ii.

(b) PCM: (b) i. terrain, and i.

ii. safe coverage, ii.

(5) verify C-RCIED equipment serviceability:

45 (L/D) (5)

(a) Connectivity; and (a) (b) check for damage. (b)

(6) power up/power down MCM equipment:

90 (L/D) (6)

(a) explain BIT, (a) (b) explain system software

alarms, (b)

(c) explain operation of PDA to include:

(c)

i. turn backlight on/off, i.

ii. soft reset, and ii.

iii. backup, iii.

(d) activate power button on PDA, (d) (e) run Chameleon remote

software, (e)

(f) activate power button on MCM,

(f)

(g) observe Power On Self Test (POST), and

(g)

(7) power up/power down PCM equipment:

45 (L/D) (7)

(a) computer, (a) (b) manual start-up, (b) (c) explain BIT, (c) (d) explain system software alarms,

and (d)

(e) observe POST. (e)

b. Perform Level 1 - Operator Maintenance to include cleaning.

22.5 (L/D)

b.

007.01.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

007.01.3/3


DURÉE (MINs)


c. Perform C-RCIED equipment erase/zeroize functions to include:

C42, C43, C45, and C46

45 (L/D/P)

c.

(1) purpose, and C42 Scet 3 Pg 8, C43 Sect 3 Pg 7,

(1)

(2) perform erase/zeroize function. C45 Sect 9 Pg 24, C46 Sect 8.5 Pg 21

(2)

d. Perform C-RCIED emergency destruction procedures by:

A100 and A101 45 (L) d.

(1) apply security regulations; (1) (a) when to apply, and (a) (b) authority to perform, (b)

(2) apply emergency destruction procedure of equipment:

(2)

(a) one (software), and (a) (b) two (physical), and (b)

(3) apply COMSEC material destruction procedure

(3)

EC 1-16 Theory and equipment knowledge enabling check 360

PC 007 Part 1 Theory and equipment knowledge performance check.

405

TOTAL (27 x 45 min pds) 1215

5. Test Details. EC 1-16 is a theory and equipment knowledge test, students will providing a briefing on the safety, capabilities and limitations, operation of the equipment and zeroizing and emergency destruction procedures. PC 007 Part 1 test details can be found in annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/Demonstration/Practice 6. Méthode. Exposé/ démonstration/ exécution.

7. Substantiation Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material. Demonstration/practice were selected to demonstrate a new skill and then allow the trainee time to practice.



a. Whiteboard and markers; a.


b.

c. C-RCIED equipment. c.

9. Learning Aids. Handouts. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Documents du cours.

10. Remarks. The theory performance check will be conducted during the field exercise.

10. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 008 OREN 008

1. Performance. Employ communication security (COMSEC).

1. Rendement.




(1)

(2) secure communication information system (CIS) equipment, ancillary data devices and crypto keying material,

(2)

(3) tactical radio communication systems and communication diagrams,

(3)

(4) communication lines and telephone, (4)

(5) CEOIs, (5)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ COMSEC to include:

3. Norme.

a. (PT1585) performing signal security to include:

a.

(1) maintaining access control IAW ref A87, Sect 57.34,

(1)

(2) performing COMSEC measures IAW refs A87, A93, Chap 4, Sect 1 and A95 to include:

(2)

(a) personnel security, (a)

(b) physical security, (b)

(c) information security, (c)

(d) cryptographic security, (d)

(e) transmission security, and (e)

(f) emission security, (f)

(3) (PT1583) holding COMSEC material IAW ref A88 by (PT1584) safeguarding COMSEC material IAW ref A88, to include:

(3)

(a) performing physical security measures IAW ref A88, chap 4, art 401,

(a)

(b) (PT1038) securing classified equipment and material IAW ref A88, Chap 4, Arts 403-404, and

(b)

(c) accounting for COMSEC material IAW ref A88, Chap 1, Arts 106-110.

(c)

008.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

(4) (PT1586) performing emergency destructionprocedures IAW ref A95, Chap 11;

(4)

b. (ET1610) using cryptographic equipment to include:

b.

(1) using secure telephone equipment IAW ref C3 to include:

(1)

(a) (CT0161) installing/removing secure tele-phone equipment,

(a)

(b) (PT1028) programming secure telephone equipment, and

(b)

(c) performing crypto card management procedures, and

(c)

(d) performing operating procedures, (d)

(2) (ET0362) operating field crypto transfer devices IAW ref A65, A66 and C19 to include:

(2)

(a) (DT0260) conducting acceptance checks of field crypto transfer devices IAW ref C19, pg 7 and 29,

(a)

(b) (CT0198) installing/removing field crypto transfer devices IAW ref C19,

(b)

(c) operating user applications IAW C19, pg 64-66,

(c)

(d) performing transferring and receiving keying material functions IAW ref C19, pg 24, 27-29,

(d)

(e) performing crypto user device utility functions IAW ref C19, pg 15,

(e)

(f) performing the following net control device functions IAW ref C19 pg 24 to include:

(f)

i. over air keying, i.

ii. over air transfer, ii.

iii. variable updates, iii.

iv. variable generate, and iv.

v. receive variable, and v.

(g) transfering data using secure telephone IAW ref C3;

(g)

c. (PT1608) maintaining cryptographic devices IAW ref A65; and

c.

d. (PT1029) maintaining secure telephone equipment IAW ref C3, Chap 11.

d.



a. Job Base Specification (JBS) Task Numbers: CT0161, CT0198, DT0260, ET0362, ET1610, PT1028, PT1029, PT1038, PT1583, PT1584, PT1585, PT1586, PT1608.


008.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

008.3/3

b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – DK0138, DK0150, DK0163, DK0177, DK0230, DK0232, EK0316, FK0339, FK0365, FK0372, FK0392, GK0433, GK0481, GK0484, GK1514, HK0596, IK1515, JK0627, PK0965, PK0968, PK0970, PK0972, PK1028, PK1029, PK1030, SK1237, TK1319



a. EO 008.01 - Perform Signal Security a. OCOM 008.01 -

b. EO 008.02 - Use Secure Cryptographic Equipment.

b. OCOM 008.02 -





9. Remarks. The QSWB provided the following comments: Security procedures should be paramount and captured throughout the performance of this PO and all phases of teaching.

9. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 008.01 OCOM 008.01

1. Performance. Perform signal security. 1. Rendement.



(1) reference, and (1)

(2) supervisor. (2)




3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will perform signal security procedures to include:

3. Norme.

a. maintaining access control a.

b. performing COMSEC measures to include: b.

(1) personnel security, (1)

(2) physical security, (2)

(3) information security, (3)

(4) cryptographic security (CRYPTOSEC), (4)

(5) transmission security (TRANSEC), and (5)

(6) emission security (EMSEC); (6)

c. holding COMSEC material to include: c.

(1) performing physical security, (1)

(2) securing classified equipment and material, and

(2)

(3) accounting for COMSEC material; and (3)

d. performing emergency destruction procedures d.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Explain maintaining access control and definitions.

A87, Sect 57.34 A87 NDSI 57.34

45 (L) a.

b. Perform COMSEC measures to include:

A88 45 (L) b.

(1) COMPUSEC, 70.16 a (1)

(2) EMSEC, 70.16 b (2)

(3) CRYPTOSEC, 70.16 c (3)

(4) TRANSEC, 70.16 d (4)

(5) NETSEC, and 70.16 e (5)

(6) Security Zones. 4013a-e (6)

008.01.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

008.01.2/2


DURÉE (MINs)


c. Describe holding/safeguarding COMSEC material to include:

A88 45 (L) c.

(1) performing physical security measures, and

Chap 4 art 401 (a)

(2) securing classified equipment and materials to include:

Chap 4, art 403-404 (b)

(a) storage, and i.

(b) custodian storage. ii.

d. Perform accounting procedures for COMSEC material to include:

A88, Chap 1, art 106-110

90 (L/D/P)

d.

(1) musters: NDSI 1201 (1)

(a) occasions, 1201.1 a-d (a)

(b) six month rotations, 1201.2 (b)

(c) change of command, 1201.3 (c)

(d) daily musters, and 1201.4 (d)

(e) units on shift basis, and 1201.5 a-d (e)

(2) method of mustering. 1202 (2)

e. Perform emergency destruction procedures to include:

A95 45 (L/D/P)

e.

(1) authority for destruction, 11.05 (1)

(2) methods of destruction, 11.14 to 11.21 (2)

(3) destruction of documentation, 11.10 to 11.23 (3)

(4) emergency destruction, 11.26 and 11.27 (4)

(5) individual responsibilities, and 11.05 to 11.09 (5)

(6) witnesses to destruction. 11.12 (6)


5. Test Details. There will be no EC for this EO. PC Part 1 and 2 test details can be found in Annex D


6. Method. Lecture/Demonstrate/Practice 6. Méthode. Exposé/ démonstration/ exécution.

7. Substantiation. Lecture method of instruction was selected to introduce new material. Demonstration/practice were selected to demonstrate a new skill and then allow the trainee time to practice.





b.


10. Remarks. EC will be conducted at the end of EO 006.02.

10. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 008.02 OCOM 008.02

1. Performance. Use cryptographic equipment. 1. Rendement.



(1) secure telephone, (1)

(2) fill device, (2)

(3) keying material, (3)

(4) power source, (4)

(5) telephone line, (5)

(6) AN-CYZ10/10A, (6)

(7) cryptographic equipment, (7)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will use cryptographic equipment to include:

3. Norme.

a. (ET1610) using secure telephone equipment (STE) by:

a.

(1) installing/removing STE (1)

(2) programming STE, (2)

(3) Performing operating procedures, and (3)

(4) performing crypto card management procedures;

(4)

b. (ET0362) operating fixed crypto transmission devices by:

b.

(1) (DT0260) conducting acceptance checks of field crypto transfer devices,

(1)

(2) (CT0198) installing/removing field crypto transfer devices,

(2)

(3) operating user applications, (3)

(4) performing transferring and receiving keying material functions,

(4)

(5) performing crypto user device utility functions,

(5)

(6) performing the following net control device functions to include:

(6)

(a) over air keying, (a)

(b) over air transfer, (b)

(c) variable updates, (c)

(d) variable generate, and (d)

(e) receive variable, and (e)

(7) transfering data using secure telephone, (7)

c. (PT1608) maintaining cryptographic devices; and

c.

d. (PT1029) maintaining STE. d.

008.02.1/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Use STE by: C3 a.

(1) installing/removing STE including general installation procedures,

C38 C38 2-4

45 (L/D/P) (1)

(2) programming STE: C38 90 (L/D/P) (2)

(a) description of the STE, C38 1.1 (a)

(b) specifications , C38 1-4 (b)

(c) controls and indicators, C38 3-1.3.2.1 -3-1.3.2.7.2

(c)

(d) front panel, C38 3-2.1 - Fig 3-8 (d)

(e) fortezza crypto card, C38 4-2 (e)

(f) user card, and C38 4-2.1.2 (f)

(g) associated card, C38 4-2.3 (g)

(3) perform crypto card manage-ment procedures:

C38 45 (L/D/P) (3)

(a) view key data procedures, C38 6-5 (a)

(b) proceed to zeroize card, and

C38 6-4 (b)

(c) proceed to zeroize STE, and

C38 6-7 (c)

(4) perform operate procedures: C38 (4)

(a) safety, C38 1-5

45 (L/D/P)

(a)

(b) plain, and (b)

(c) secure: (c)

i. insert crypto card C38 7-2.2 i.

ii. initiate voice. C38 7-1.3 ii.

b. Operate field crypto transmission devices to include:

b.

(1) describe the AN-CYZ10/10A covering:

90 (L) (1)

(a) purpose, (a)

(b) capabilities,

A66, pg 2-1-1 to 2-1-8 (b)

(c) physical characteristics to include:

A66, pg 2-1-1 to 2-1-6

(c)

i. display, i.

ii. display icons, ii.

iii. keypads, and iii.

iv. connectors, iv.

(d) accessibility, (d)

(e) power requirements, C19 (e)

(f) storage requirements, and (f)

(g) emergency procedures to include zeroizing,

A51, pg 3-8-1 (g)

008.02.2/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(2) conduct acceptance checks of field crypto transfer devices to include:

C19, pg 7 and 29 45 (L/D/P) (2)

(a) prepare the data transfer device (DTD) for operation to include:

(a)

i. inspect devices, i.

ii. install batteries, ii.

iii. insert a crypto ignition key (CIK),

A66, pg 3-4-9 iii.

iv. connect to external interface, and

iv.

v. turn on and monitor start-up test,

A66, pg 3-2-1, and 3-5-1

v.

(3) install/remove field crypto transfer devices,

C19 45 (L/D/P) (3)

(4) perform set-up functions to include:

180 (L/D/P) (4)

(a) view and set home address,

A66, pg 3-3-1 (a)

(b) view and set serial number,

A66, pg 3-3-4 (b)

(c) view and update battery date and time,

A66, pg 3-3-5 (c)

(d) view keypad type, A66, pg 3-3-6 (d)

(e) view and set auto-shutoff time,

A66, pg 3-3-6 (e)

(f) view default CIK type, A66, pg 3-3-7 (f)

(g) view and set default application program,

A66, pg 3-3-8 (g)

(h) view and set communications mode,

A66, pg 3-3-9 (h)

(i) view and set light auto shutoff time,

A66, pg 3-3-10 (i)

(j) view and set system date, and

A66, pg 3-6-1 (j)

(k) view and set system time, A66, pg 3-7-1 (k)

(5) performing transferring and receiving keying material functions,

C19 pg 24, 27-29 45 (L/D/P) (5)

(6) performing crypto user device utility functions to include:

C19 pg 15

A66 3-4-1 to 3-4-14

180 (L/D/P) (6)

(a) operate utility menu screen,

(a)

(b) describe audit trail functions to include:

(b)

i. audit trail manager, (c)

ii. view audit trail, (d)

iii. upload audit trail, and (e)

iv. rest audit trail, (f)

008.02.3/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(c) describe load functions to include:

(g)

i. load operation; and (h)

ii. verification of loaded files

(i)

(d) describe erase functions (j)

(e) describe format functions (k)

(f) describe CIK functions to include:

(l)

i. initialize CIK; and (m)

ii. explain CIK load function,

(n)

(g) perform CKDAT functions, (o)

(h) verify REVNO (revision number),

(p)

(i) describe clone functions to include:

(q)

i. clone applications, (r)

ii. clone host operating systems, and

(s)

iii. clone COMSEC database, and

(t)

(j) describe upload host operating systems,

(u)

(7) operate user applications to include:

C19 pg 64-66 180 (L/D/P)

(7)

(a) describe the 1111 application,

A66 4-1-1 (a)

(b) perform net control device function

A66 4-7-1 (b)

(c) perform load easy (LEZ) function,

A66 4-4-1 (c)

(d) perform common fill device processes,

A66 4-5-1 (d)

(e) perform DTD function, A66 4-8-1 (e)

(f) perform utility processes, A66 4-3-1 (f)

(g) perform key and frequency data search and selection functions to include:

A66 4-2-1 (g)

i. utilizing wild cards, (h)

ii. utilizing dates, (i)

iii. utilizing load group identifications and

(j)

iv. utilizing mixtures of wild-cards, dates, and load group identifications,

(k)

(8) perform the following net control device functions to include:

C19 pg 24 135 (L/D/P) (8)

(a) over air keying; (a)

(b) over air transfer; (b)

008.02.4/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

008.02.5/5


DURÉE (MINs)


(c) variable updates; (c)

(d) variable generate; and (d)

(e) receive variable. (e)

(9) transfer data using secure telephone.

C3 45 (L/D/P) (9)

c. Maintain cryptographic devices and perform user maintenance to include:

A65 90 (L/D/P) c.

(1) built-in-test (BIT), A66 3-5-1 (a)

(2) action display icons, and A66 5-4-1 (b)

(3) clear display errors. A66 5-4-1 (c)

d. Maintain STE. C3 chap 11 45 (L/D/P) d.

EC 1-18 Practical exercise on COMSEC (DTD) 90

PC 008 Part 1 Theory evaluation on Employ COMSEC System

45

PC 008 Part 2 Practical on Operate DTD 180


5. Test Details. EC 1-18 is evaluated with a practical enabling check and PC 008 Part 1 and 2 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/Demonstrate/Practice. 6. Méthode. Exposé/ �xecution�ion/ �xecution.






b.

c. Secure Telephone. c.

d. AN-CYZ10/10A d.



A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 009 OREN 009

1. Performance. Employ positional awareness system.

1. Rendement.



(1) communications detachment, (1)

(2) situation awareness data terminal loaded with software,

(2)

(3) Situation Awareness Module (SAM) user manual,

(3)

(4) software user manual, (4)

(5) Global Position Device (GPS), (5)

(6) vehicle communication system hardware,

(6)

(7) Communication Electronic Operating Instructions (CEOI)s,

(7)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will employ positional awareness system to include:

3. Norme.

a. (ET1517) operating GPS IAW ref A25 to include:

a.

(1) receiver set-up IAW ref A25, Chap 6, (1)

(2) data transfer IAW ref A25, Chap 8, (2)

(3) crypto installation IAW ref A25, Chap 8, (3)

(4) conducting waypoints IAW ref A25, Chap 5,

(4)

(5) configuring alerts IAW ref A25, Chap 6, (5)

(6) configuring navigation menus IAW A25, Chap 6, and

(6)

(7) complete operational procedures IAW ref A25, Chap 2, pg 2-10;

(7)

b. (ET1518) operating Situational Awareness System (SAS) IAW ref W3, TTP 5.1.1, TTP 5.1.2, A52, and A40 to include:

b.

(1) setting-up SAM workspace IAW ref C25 to include:

(1)

(a) configure user settings, (a)

(b) create OSPR, and (b)

(c) create CPR, (c)

009.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

009.2/2

(2) performing data terminal start-up and log on to system IAW ref W3, TTP 5.1.1, to include:

(2)

(a) Windows Logon, (a)

(b) Duty Officer Logon, (b)

(c) logon to SAM, and (c)

(d) navigate current situation, (d)

(3) configuring User Control Device (UCD) IAW ref A52, sect 3, pg 2-3-11, para C, sect 4, pg 7-4-4, 7-4-13, 7-4-15, to include:

(3)

(a) Configuring radio equipment, and (a)

(b) configuring GPS; and (b)

(4) connecting GPS equipment IAW ref A40, pg 3-4.

(4)



a. Job Base Specification (JBS) Task Numbers:ET1517, ET1518.


b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – DK0138, DK0163, DK0177, DK0230, DK0232, EK0316, EK0319, FK0339, FK0365, FK0392, GK0481, GK1514, HK0596, IK1515, JK0627, SK1237.



a. EO 009.01 - Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver.

a. OCOM 401.01

b. EO 009.02 - Operate the Situation Awareness System (SAS).

b. OCOM 401.02





9. Remarks. The QSWB provided the following comments:

9. Remarques. Aucune.

a. The board recognizes that the system module is currently changing from version 4 to 5. Once the technical solution is confirmed, the QS and TP references may need to be revised.

a.

b. Currently the ResF does not operate SA equipment. If in the future this changes, this PO will have to be made Essential for ResF ACISS.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 009.01 OCOM 009.01

1. Performance. Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver.

1. Rendement.



(1) GPS complete, (1)

(2) radio detachment, (2)

(3) radio net, (3)

(4) batteries, (4)



b. Denied : nil. b. Éléments non fournis :


c. Environnement :

3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will (ET1517) operate GPS receiver IAW ref A25 to include:

3. Norme.

a. receiver set-up IAW ref A25, Chap 6; a.

b. data transfer IAW ref A25, Chap 11; b.

c. crypto installation IAW ref A25, Chap 11; c.

d. conducting waypoints IAW ref A25, Chap 8; d.

e. configuring alerts IAW ref A25, Chap 8; e.

f. configuring navigation menus IAW A25, Chap 9; and

f.

g. completing operational procedures IAW ref A25, Chap 4-6.

g.




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Describe mapping fundamentals and map using to include:

A25 Chap 3 pg 3-1 45 (L) a.

(1) define global system, latitude and longitude,

(1)

(2) coordinate systems, and (2)

(3) describe DATUM. (3)

b. Describe NAVSTAR GPS to include:

A25 45 (L) b.

(1) definitions, Chap 3, pg 3-1 para 3.1.1

(1)

009.1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(2) how it works, Chap 3, pg 3-1 para 3.1.2

(2)

(3) three segments, Chap 3, pg 3-1 para 3.1.2.1

(3)

(4) GPS Signals, Chap 3, pg 3-1 para 3.1.2.2

(4)

(5) countermeasures, and Chap 15 pg 15-2 para 15.3

(5)

(6) Positioning services. Chap 6 pg 6-5 para 6.2.9

(6)

c. Describe the Defence Advanced Global Positioning System Receiver (DAGR) to include:

A25 45 (L) c.

(1) DAGR definitions, Chap 2 pg 2-1 para 2.1.1

(1)

(2) physical description, Chap 2 pg 2-2 para2.2

(2)

(3) characteristics, Chap 2 pg 2-1 para 2.1.2

(3)

(4) auxiliary equipment, Chap 25 pg 25-1 to 25-11

(4)

(5) battery installation and start up, and

Chap 5 pg 5-1 to 5-2 (5)

(6) shut down procedures. Chap 5 pg 5-11 to 5-12 para 5.4.4

(6)

d. Operate GPS: A25 d.

(1) describe DAGR menus to include:

Chap 6 45 (L) (1)

(2) key pad description, Chap 4 pg 4-2 and 4-3

(a)

(a) display window, Chap 4 pg 4-1 (b)

(b) menu description, and Chap 6 pg 6-1 to 6-28 (c)

(c) keypad operation. Chap 4 (d)

e. Describe the receiver set up procedures to include:

A25 45 (L) e.

(1) GPS /receiver setup, Chap 7 pg 7-14 to 7-16 (1)

(2) power save set up, Chap 7 pg 7-25 to 7-27 (2)

(3) display setup, and Chap 10 pg 10-1 to 10-23

(3)

(4) self test. Chap 12 pg 12-4 to 12-5

(4)

f. Describe data transfer procedures to include:

A25, Chap 6,

90 (L/D/P)

f.

(1) data transfer page, and Chap 17 pg 17-1 to 17-19

(1)

(2) transfer data. Chap 17 pg 17-1 to 17-19

(2)

009.2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


g. Describe crypto principles to include:

A25 90 (L) g.

(1) crypto fundamentals, Chap 7 pg 7-3 to 7-9 (1)

(2) crypto types, Chap 7 pg 7-1 para 7.2 (2)

(3) crypto zeroizing, and Chap 7 pg 7-11 para 7.3

(3)

(4) comm port set up. Chap 20 pg 20-1 to 20-6

(4)

h. Perform Crypto installation procedures

A25 Chap 8 45 (L/D/P)

h.

i. Explain collect space vehicles to include:

A25 45 (L) i.

(1) sky view page, Chap 5 pg 5-7 para 5.4.1.3.1 pg 5-8 fig 5-5

(1)

(2) present position page, and Chap 5 pg 5-8 para 5.4.1.3.2

(2)

(3) status page. Chap 6 pg 6-17 and 18 para 6.2.24 and 6.2.24.2.1

(3)

j. Explain conducting waypoints to include:

A25 90 (L/D)

j.

(1) access waypoint, Chap 8 pg 8-1 to 8-3 (1)

(2) clear waypoints, Chap 8 pg 8-6 (2)

(3) create waypoints, Chap 8, pg 8-4 (3)

(4) copy waypoints, Chap 8, pg 8-5 (4)

(5) edit waypoints, Chap 8, pg 8-5 (5)

(6) mark present position, Chap 8 , pg 8-19 to 8-21 para 8.4

(6)

(7) units, Chap 8 pg 8-3 para 8.2.2.2 sub para e

(7)

(8) range, Chap 8, pg 8-27 to 8-29

(8)

(9) navigate to waypoint, and Chap 9 pg 9-1 to 9-23 (9)

(10) search, filter, and sort. (10)

k. Explain route operation to include:

A25 90 (L/D)

k.

(1) create routes, Chap 8 pg 8-31 and 8-32

(1)

(2) edit routes, Chap 8 pg 8-32 (2)

(3) copy routes, and Chap 8 pg 8-33 (3)

(4) clear routes. Chap 8 pg 8-33 (4)

l. Configure alerts to include: A25 Chap 6 45 (L/D)

l.

(1) alert types, Chap 8 pg 8-43 (1)

(2) create alerts, Chap 8 pg 8-43 (2)

(3) edit alerts, Chap 8 pg 8-44 to 8-45 (3)

(4) copy /clear alerts, and Chap 8 pg 8-45 to 8-46 (4)

(5) enable /disable alerts. Chap 8 pg 8-44 para 8.9.1.2

(5)

009.3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

009.4/4


DURÉE (MINs)


m. Configure navigation menus to include:

A25 Chap 6 90 (L/D/P)

m.

(1) navigation set up page, Chap 9 pg 9-1 (1)

(2) navigation pointer, Chap 9 pg 9-16 para 9.3

(2)

(3) internal compass, and Chap 9 pg 9-17 para 9.3.4

(3)

(4) navigation display page. Chap 9 pg 9-25 para 9.4

(4)

n. Complete operational procedures A25 Chap 2 pg 2-10 45 (L/D/P)

n.

EC 1-19 Theory evaluation on Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver

180

PC 009 Part 1 Practical on Operate GPS Receiver 225

TOTAL (28 x 45 min periods) 1260 TOTAL

5. Test Details. EC 1-19 is evaluated with a theory enabling check and PC 009 Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/Demonstration/Practical 6. Méthode.


7. Justification.


a. Projector, screen, materials. a.


c. GPS Receiver complete. c.

d. Radio detachment. d.

e. Radio net. e.

f. Training area. f.

g. Batteries g.


a. Sig Op Aide Memoire. a.

b. GPS Receiver quick start manual. b.

c. GPS Receiver instructional Aide. c.

10. Remarks. End of lesson confirmation will be questions to the class covering the theory portion.

10. Remarques.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 009.02 OCOM 009.02

1. Performance. Operate Situational Awareness System (SAS).

1. Rendement.



(1) data terminal loaded with Situation Awareness Module (SAM) user's manual,

(1)

(2) SAM user's manual, (2)

(3) Software user's manual, (3)

(4) LAN Ethernet Switch (4)






3. Standard : ACISS DP1 will operate SAS by: 3. Norme.

a. setting-up SAM workspace to include: a.

(1) configuring user settings, (1)

(2) creating own station position reports (OSPR), and

(2)

(3) creating consolidated position reports (CPR);

(3)

b. performing data terminal start-up and log on to system to include:

b.

(1) Windows logon, (1)

(2) duty officer logon, (2)

(3) Logon to SAM, and (3)

(4) navigating current situation; (4)

c. configuring user control device to include: c.

(1) configuring radio equipment, and (1)

(2) configuring GPS; (2)

d. connecting GPS equipment; d.

e. maintaining network communications; and e.

f. handling messages. f.

009.02.1/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Describe the sSAS to include: 180 (L) a.

(1) LCSS overview, DLCSPM LCSS SR2 - explain overview of battle field voice and data connectivity and roles to include:

(1)

(a) 117F TacSat mode, B2 (a)

(b) VHF, A28, A46, A47 (b)

(c) EPLRS, C22, C32, C33 (c)

(d) TSL (Mini), A109 (d)

(e) TSL (Heavy), A110 (e)

(f) HCLOS, A111 (f)

(g) TFOCA/Leased Line, and A98 (g)

(h) strategic rear link, (h)

(2) IRIS communication system, (2)

(3) SAS basic capabilities, (3)

(4) the SAS WEB, (4)

(5) SAS components, and (5)

(6) SAS configurations. (6)

b. Set-up SAM workspace: b.

(1) control configure IRIS, A108 part 8 pg 8-1 to 8-19

180 (L/D/P) (1)

(2) connect DAGR to CI M1 Port, (2)

(3) connect Data Terminal to CI M1 Port or LAN Ethernet Switch (LES),

(3)

(4) configure Data Port on CI for GPS Receiver and Data Terminal,

A108 part 3 pg 3-1 para 3

(4)

(5) set up GPS for Operation as per SOPs,

(5)

(6) ensure GPS is on Continuous mode,

A25 Chap 7, page 7-14 to 7-16

(6)

(7) login to Window and start new duty Officer shift,

(7)

(8) start/confirm LCSS Network Connection if not equipped with LES,

C37 pg 86 table 48 (8)

(9) calibrate data terminal touch screen,

(9)

(10) start SAM, (10)

(11) communication interfaces to CNR/EPLRS in the dashboard, and

C37 pg 85 para 4.9.1 pg 86 figure 46, table 48

(11)

(12) configure OSPR setting as per CEOI.

C37 pg 12-13 para 4.1.1.1 figure 2

(12)

009.02.2/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


c. Perform data terminal start-up and log on to system to include:

180 (L/D/P)

c.

(1) control configure IRIS A108 part 8 pg 8-1 to 8-19

(1)

(2) connect DAGR to CI M1 Port, (2)

(3) connect data terminal to CI M1 Port or LAN Ethernet Switch (LES),

(3)

(4) configure data port on CI for GPS receiver and data terminal,

A108 part 3 pg 3-1 para 3

(4)

(5) set up GPS for operation as per SOPs,

(5)

(6) ensure GPS is on Continuous mode,

A25 Chap 7, page 7-14 to 7-16

(6)

(7) login to Window and start new duty Officer shift,

(7)

(8) start/confirm LCSS Network Connection if not equipped with LES,

C37 pg 86 table 48 (8)

(9) calibrate data terminal touch screen,

(9)

(10) start SAM, (10)

(11) communication interfaces to CNR/EPLRS in the dashboard, and

C37 pg 85 para 4.9.1 pg 86 figure 46, table 48

(11)

(12) configure OSPR setting as per CEOI.

C37 pg 12-13 para 4.1.1.1 figure 2

(12)

d. Configure User Control Device (UCD) to include:

A108 90 (L/D/P)

d.

(1) control configure IRIS, Part 8 pg 8-1 TO 8-19

(1)

(2) become MGRU, Part 3 pg 3-4 para 14 (2)

(3) configure station ID, Part 2 pg 2-6 para 10 (3)

(4) configure Radio Net, Part 2 pg 2-6 to 2-7 para 11

(4)

(5) configure a manual OSPR, Part 3 pg 3-3 para 11-13

(5)

(6) setting units of measurement, Part 2 pg 2-8 para 14 (6)

(7) station positions database, Part 5 pg 5-4 to 5-5 para 10

(7)

(8) view all C/Ss on the net, Part 5 pg 5-5 para 10 (8)

(9) recall station and Save to the NAU,

Part 5 pg 5-6 to 5-7 para 11-13

(9)

(10) send a contact message, and Part 5 pg 5-1 para 3-4

(10)

(11) clear location from the CI and NAU.

Part 5 pg 5-11 para 20-24

(11)

009.02.3/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


e. Describe the Cur Sit screen components to include:

C37 45 (L) e.

(1) dashboard, pg 5-7 para 3.3.1 (1)

(2) map navigation tools, and pg 7-8 para 3.3.2 (2)

(3) tool bar buttons. pg 9-11 para 3.3.3 (3)

f. Utilize the map display settings to include:

C37 45 (L/D/P)

f.

(1) map scale and zoom, pg 7 table 2 (1)

(2) centre on self, pg 8 table 2 (2)

(3) gridline settings, pg 78 table 41 (3)

(4) map contrast, pg 77 para 4.6.1.1 figure 39 and pg 78 table 41

(4)

(5) symbol button, pg 36-38 para 4.4.1 (5)

g. Manipulating the current situation to include:

C37 45 (L/D/P)

g.

(1) overlays button, pg 28 para 4.3.1 (1)

(2) public overlay tab, pg 28 para 4.3.1 (2)

(3) deleting private overlays, and pg 30 table 15 (3)

(4) location status board. pg 74-76 para 4.5.1 (4)

h. Explain symbol button to include: C37 90

L/D/P

h.

(1) symbol dialog box pg 36-38 para 4.4.1.1

(1)

(2) recent tab, pg 39 para 4.4.1.2 (2)

(3) common tab, pg 40 para 4.4.1.3 (3)

(4) symbol properties, pg 41 para 4.4.2 (4)

(5) symbol drawing dialog box pg 42 para 4.4.2.2 (5)

(6) symbol creation and properties dialog box,

pg 43 para 4.4.3 (6)

(7) operational status, and pg 45 table 25 (7)

(8) general tab. pg 43-45 para 4.4.3.1

(8)

i. Configure user GIS to include: C37 i.

(1) GIS view tab, pg 88-90 para 4.9.2.1

45 (L/D/P) (1)

(2) Grid tab, pg 90-91 para 4.9.2.2 (2)

(3) display units tab, pg 92-93 para 4.9.2.3 (3)

(4) Map tab, pg 92-93 para 4.9.2.5 (4)

(5) force symbol tab pg 93-94 para 4.9.2.5 (5)

(6) rollup tab, pg 95-96 para 4.9.2.6 (6)

(7) tactical symbol tab. pg 96-97 para 4.9.2.7 (7)

j. Configure the position report settings to include:

C37 45 (L/D/P)

j.

(1) OSPR, and pg 105-111 para 4.9.5.1 to 4.9.5.1.3

(1)

(2) CPR. pg 111-112 para 4.9.5.2

(2)

009.02.4/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

009.02.5/5


DURÉE (MINs)


k. Maintain network communications to include:

C37 90 (L) k.

(1) location status board, pg 74-76 para 4.5.1 (1)

(2) remote interrogation, and pg 106 table 63 (2)

(3) interrogate via CNR. pg 75-76 figure 38 table 40

(3)

l. Describe handling messages to include:

C37 135 (L) l.

(1) message tab, pg 15-17 para 4.2.1.1

(1)

(2) chat dialog box, pg 17-18 para 4.2.1.1.3

(2)

(3) radio messages dialog box, 10-20 para 4.2.1.1.2 (3)

(4) sit rep messages dialog box, pg 20-21 para 4.2.1.1.2

(4)

(5) deleting, pg 16 table 6 (5)

(6) replying pg 16 table (6)

(7) viewing transmitted messages, and

pg 16 table 6 pg 17-18 para 4.2.1.1.1

(7)

(8) orders and request (EPLRS only).

pg 21-28 para 4.2.1.2 to 4.2.1.2.3

(8)

EC 1-20 Practical exercise on operating SAM FTX

PC 009 Part 2 Operate SAM FTX

EC 1-21 Practical exercise on operating SAS 405

PC 009 Part 3 Operate SAS (conducted in lab) 405


5. Test Details: EC 1-20 and EC 1-21 will be evaluated with a practical enabling check during the field exercise, similar to PC 009 Part 2. PC 009 Part 2 and 3 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/ Demonstration/Practical 6. Méthode.


7. Justification.

8. Training Aids. Nil. 8. Matériel d’instruction. Aucun.

9. Learning Aids. Nil. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Aucun.


a. Use SR2 Capabilities_BluePA.ppt in the "Over-view of Battle Field Voice and Data Connectivity and Roles" folder held by CFSCE library.

a.

b. Rear link will depend on how much information must be transmitted back to CEFCOM.

b.

c. Ensure this information stays at the basic level.

c.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

PO 010 OREN 010

1. Performance. (JT1532) Deploy a communication information system (CIS).

1. Rendement.



(1) command post vehicle with EIS, (1)

(2) power source, (2)

(3) Communication Electronic Operating Instructions (CEOI)s,

(3)

(4) orders, (4)

(5) camouflage and concealment materials, (5)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will deploy a CIS detachment to include:

3. Norme.

a. prepare communication vehicle and equipment IAW ref A83 to include:

a.

(1) performing inspection on vehicle and communications equipment, and

(1)

(2) verifying load lists; (2)

b. (JT0777) site communication detachment IAW ref A6, pg 3-2 para 305, A11, para 109.01 to 109.05, A18, Chap 1, pg 1-1, para 102 to 104, A83, pg 34, USOP 101.18, pg 44, USOP 101.21 to include:

b.

(1) performing site recce, (1)

(2) setting up a detachment, and (2)

(3) employing defensive action to protect the vehicle and its load from attack while in location;

(3)

c. deploy communication vehicles and equipment IAW ref A5, A6 and A83 to include:

c.

(1) performing driver/co-drive functions, (1)

(2) employing defensive action to protect the vehicle and its load from attack while on the move by:

(2)

(a) (TT1598) performing improvised explosive device procedures to include:

(a)

i. the 5C procedure IAW ref A4, pg 100 to 102 para 38 to 44,

(b)

010.1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ii. the 5/20 procedure IAW ref A4, pg 80-82, Chap 10-12,

(c)

iii. the S.A.I.D procedure A4, pg 95 to 99 para 29 to 33, and

(d)

iv. conduct box search/inverted V drill IAW ref A10, pg 8,

(e)

(b) performing the appropriate actions toward a potential explosive threat IAW ref A4, pg 69, para 11, pg 99, paras 34 to 37, pg 95 to 99, paras 29 to 33, pg 100, paras 38 to 44 and A17, Chap 6, Anx A, paras 6 to 9, and

4.

(c) performing search on personnel IAW ref A9;

5.

d. (CT0170) install/remove grounding systems IAW ref A107 to include (GT0503) maintaining grounding systems IAW ref A107;

6.

e. (CT1501) use hand tools IAW ref C34; a.

f. (QT1181) operate power generating units IAW ref A69 to include:

b.

(1) site generators IAW ref A69, (1)

(2) connecting generator to the load IAW ref A69,

(2)

(3) connecting power cables to generator and distribution panel IAW ref A69,

(3)

(4) performing generator start-up procedures IAW ref A69, pg 2-3-7 para 2-10-1, to include:

(4)

(a) stabilizing generator trailer using rear legs,

(a)

(b) grounding the generator IAW ref A69, pg 2-3-1 para 2-8-1,

(b)

(c) checking oil and fuel level, (c)

(d) switching load breaker to open position, (d)

(e) connecting load cable, and (e)

(f) switching load breaker to close position, (f)

(5) adjusting generator output under load IAW ref A69,

(5)

(6) troubleshooting generators IAW ref A69, pg 3-2-1 to 3-2-15, to include:

(6)

(a) interpreting malfunction indicator panel and lamps IAW ref A69, pg 1-2-5, para 1-7-12,

(a)

(b) using ground fault circuit interrupter test, and

(b)

(c) resetting convenience overload circuit breaker,

(c)

010.2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

010.3/3

(7) performing generator stopping procedures IAW ref A69, to include:

(7)

(a) under normal conditions IAW ref A69, pg 2-3-9, para 2-10-2, and

(a)

(b) under emergency conditions IAW ref A69, pg 2-4-5, para 2-20; and

(b)

g. (QT1179) perform operator maintenance on power generating units IAW ref A69, 3-3-1 to 3-3-10, to include:

c.

(1) inspecting the generator for cleanliness, (1)

(2) checking the generator controls and instruments,

(2)

(3) checking the generator frame, and (3)

(4) checking fuel tank for leaks. (4)



a. Job Base Specification (JBS) Task Numbers:CT0170, CT1501, GT0503, JT0777, JT1532, QT1179, QT1181, TT1598,


b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – DK0138, DK0139, DK0156, DK0163, DK0173, DK0177, DK0183, DK0230, DK0232, DK0259, DK0260, DK0261, DK0284, EK0316, FK0339, FK0365, FK0365, FK0392, GK0481, GK0539, GK1514, HK0596, IK1515, JK0619, JK0627, JK0647, JK1524, PK0953, QK1060, QK1061, QK1096, QK1116, QK1156, QK1157, SK1237, SK1239



a. EO 010.01 - Operate Power Generating Units. a. OCOM 010.01

b. EO 010.02 - Deploy a CIS Detachment. b. OCOM 010.02




11. Contrôle de rendement. Conformément au Chapitre 3 du plan d’évaluation.


a. Safety procedures should be paramount and captured throughout the performance of this PO and all phases of teaching.

a.

b. Operating the power distribution is described as the entire command post vehicle power distribution system.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 010.01 OCOM 010.01

1. Performance. Operate power generating units. 1. Rendement.



(1) classroom, (1)

(2) PP&S, (2)

(3) references, (3)

(4) supervision, (4)

(5) handouts (5)

(6) power cables (6)

(7) detachment tool kit (7)

(8) SMP vehicles with shelters. (8)

b. Denied : Nil. b. Éléments non fournis :

c. Environment: Day or night, under any weather and tactical conditions within a contemporary operating environment

c. Environnement :

3. Standard. ACISS DP1 will operate power generating units to include:

3. Norme.

a. installing and removing grounding systems; a.

b. operating power generating units to include: b.

(1) sitinge generators, (1)

(2) connecting generator to the load, (2)

(3) connecting power cables to generator and distribution panel,

(3)

(4) performing generator start-up procedures,

(4)

(5) adjusting generator output under load, (5)

(6) troubleshooting generators, (6)

(7) performing generator stopping procedures, (7)

(8) operating power generating units, and (8)

(9) explaining operation under emergency conditions; and

(9)

c. performing operator maintenance on power generating units.

c.

010.01.1/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Describe general safety relating to the generating unit.

A69 pg v to ix/x 45 (L) a.

b. Explain basic principles of electricity to include:

C5 90 (L) b.

(1) symbols to include: (1)

(a) voltage, pg 25 (a)

(b) ampere, pg 29 (b)

(c) resistance, and pg 32 (c)

(d) power (watts), pg 78 (d)

(2) EMF including: definition, pg 27 (2)

(3) current flow: (3)

(a) definition, pg 30 (a)

(b) electron current theory, and

pg 27 (b)

(c) conventional current theory, and

pg 36 (c)

(4) static electricity: (4)

(a) how static is created, and pg 22 (a)

(b) discharge through induction

pg 461 (b)

c. Explain basic concepts of AC: C5 90 (L) c.

(1) current flow, pg 38 (1)

(2) generator action, pg 417 (2)

(3) creation of sine, pg 420 (3)

(4) cycle, pg 418 (4)

(5) frequency, and pg 427 (5)

(6) phase differences. pg 433 and 447 (6)

d. Explain Basic Concepts of DC C5 45 (L) d.

(1) Current Flow, and pg 38 (1)

(2) DC sine wave. pg 38 (2)

e. Explain Sources of Electricity C5 90 (L) e.

(1) describe effects on a circuit caused by:

(1)

(a) open circuit, and pg 36 (a)

(b) short circuit, pg 36 (b)

(2) circuit protection devices: fuzes and circuit breakers

pg 299 (2)

(3) explain circuits to include (3)

(a) series, pg 336 (a)

(b) parallel, and pg 337 (b)

(c) series parallel, and pg 338 (c)

(4) explain a basic power supply block diagram.

C4 pg 76 (4)

010.01.2/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


f. Install and remove grounding systems:

A107 45 (L) f.

(1) characteristics and theory of operation:

(1)

(a) general, and Chap 3 Sect 6 para 1

(a)

(b) techniques, and Chap 3 Sect 6 para 4

(b)

(2) maintenance procedures. Chap 3 Sect 6 para 4

(2)

EC 1-22 Enabling check on basic electronic theory 45

g. Explain generator characteristics to include:

A69 135 (L) g.

(1) purpose, pg 1-2-1 (1)

(2) characteristics and description to include:

pg 1-2-1 and 1-2-2 fig 1-2

(2)

(a) engine, pg 1-2-1 (a)

(b) radiator, pg 1-2-1 (b)

(c) muffler, pg 1-2-4 (c)

(d) starter, pg 1-2-4 (d)

(e) battery charging alternator,

pg 1-2-4 (e)

(f) batteries, pg 1-2-4 (f)

(g) air cleaner assembly, pg 1-2-4 (g)

(h) fuel tank, pg 1-2-4 (h)

(i) AC generator, pg 1-2-4 (i)

(j) load output terminal, pg 1-2-5 (j)

(k) control panel assembly, pg 1-2-5 and pg 2-1-1 pg 2-1-2 Fig 2-1

(k)

i. fuel level indicator, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 i.

ii. panel lights, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 ii.

iii. coolant temp indicator,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 iii.

iv. oil pressure indicator, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 iv.

v. emergency stop push button,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 v.

vi. freq meter (hertz), pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 vi.

vii. ammeter, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 vii.

viii. AM-VM transfer switch,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 viii.

ix. AC voltmeter (volts AC),

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 ix.

x. voltage adjust, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 x.

xi. battle short light, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xi.

xii. battle short switch, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xii.

xiii. panel light switch, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xiii.

010.01.3/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


xiv. AC circuit interrupter switch,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xiv.

xv. AC circuit interrupter light,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xv.

xvi. master switch, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xvi.

xvii. time meter, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xvii.

xviii. battery charge ammeter,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xviii.

xix. DC control power circuit breaker,

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xix.

xx. AC voltage reconnec-tion switch, and

pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xx.

xxi. battery charger fuze, pg 2-1-4 to 2-1-6 xxi.

(l) malfunction indicator panel:

pg 1-2-5 and 2-1-8 to 2-1-10

(l)

i. no fuel indicator, Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 i.

ii. coolant high temp indicator,

Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 ii.

iii. over voltage indicator, Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 iii.

iv. push test reset lamps, Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 iv.

v. over load indicator, Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 v.

vi. ground fault circuit interrupter test push button,

Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 vi.

vii. ground fault circuit interrupter indicator,

Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 vii.

viii. ground fault circuit interrupter push to test button,

Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 viii.

ix. short circuit indicator low oil pressure indicator, and

Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2 ix.

x. convenience receptacle overload circuit breaker,

Fig 2-2 and Table 2-2

x.

(m) NATO Slave Receptacle, pg 1-2-5 (m)

(n) skid base, pg 1-2-5 (n)

(o) fuel filter/water seperator, pg 1-2-5 (o)

(p) dipstick, pg 1-2-5 (p)

(q) oil filter, pg 1-2-5 (q)

(r) fan belt, pg 1-2-5 (r)

(s) water pump, pg 1-2-5 (s)

(t) dead crank switch, pg 1-2-6 (t)

(u) convenience receptacle, and

pg 1-2-6 (u)

(v) frequency adjust volume, pg 1-2-6 and pg 2-1-12 to 2-1-13

(v)

010.01.4/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


h. Explain preparation method for using generator to include:

90 (L/D)

h.

(1) inspect the equipment, A69 pg 2-2-1 to 2-2-12, pg 2-3-11 to 2-3-16 and 3-3-1

(1)

(2) site selection, A83 101.03-5/7 (2)

(3) servicing equipment, pg 3-3-1 to 3-3-8 (3)

(4) installation and grounding, pg 2-3-1 to 2-3-2 fig 2-4

(4)

(5) priming fuel system, and Pg 3-3-7 to 3-3-9 (5)

(6) power cables. Pg 2-3-3 to 2-3-5 Fig 2-5

(6)

i. Operate power generating units: A69 90 (L) i.

(1) connect generator to the load, (1)

(2) connect power cables to generator and distribution panel,

(2)

(3) connect power cables to generator and distribution panel,

(3)

(4) performing generator start-up procedures:

pg 2-3-7 para 2-10-1 (4)

(a) stabilize generator trailer using rear legs,

(a)

(b) grounding the generator, (b)

(c) checking oil and fuel level,

(c)

(d) switching load breaker to open position,

(d)

(e) connecting load cable, and

(e)

(f) switching load breaker to close position,

(f)

(5) adjusting generator output under load,

(5)

(6) troubleshooting generators: pg 3-2-1 to 3-15 (6)

(a) interpreting malfunction indicator panel and lamps,

pg 1-2-5, para 1-7-12

(a)

(b) using ground fault circuit interrupter test, and

(b)

(c) resetting convenience overload circuit breaker, and

(c)

(7) performing generator stopping procedures:

(7)

(a) under normal conditions, and

pg 2-3-9, para 2-10-2

(a)

(b) under emergency conditions,

pg 2-4-5, para 2-20. (b)

010.01.5/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


j. Explain operation under emergency conditions:

A69 pg 2-4-5, para 2-20

45 (L) j.

(1) operation in cold, (-5 Celsius to -46 Celsius

pg 2-4-1 (1)

(2) operation in extreme heat, pg 2-4-1 (2)

(3) operation in dusty or sandy areas,

pg 2-4-2 (3)

(4) operating under rainy or humid conditions,

pg 2-4-2 (4)

(5) operation in salt water areas pg 2-4-4 (5)

(6) operation in high altitudes, pg 2-4-4 (6)

(7) NATO slave receptacle Start Operation,

pg 2-4-5 (7)

(8) emergency stopping pg 2-4-5 (8)

(9) operation using battle short switch,

pg 2-4-6 (9)

(10) operators trouble shooting. pg 3-2-1 to 3-15 (10)

k. Perform operator maintenance on power generating units

A69, 3-3-1 to 3-3-10 45 (L/D/P)

k.

(1) inspecting the generator for cleanliness,

(1)

(2) checking the generator controls and instruments,

(2)

(3) checking the generator frame, and

(3)

(4) checking fuel tank for leaks. (4)

EC 1-23 Practical exercise on operating power generating unit.

360

PC 010 Part 1 on operating power generating unit 405


5. Test Details. EC 1-22 will be evaluated with a theory enabling check and EC 1-23 will be evaluated with a practical enabling check and PC 010 Part 1 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/Demo/Practice 6. Méthode. Exposé/ démonstration/ exécution.


7. Justification.


a. Whiteboard. a.

b. OHP/Proxima. b.

c. Computer. c.

d. Generators (trl mounted). d.

e. Power cables. e.

f. Ground spikes. f.

010.01.6/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

010.01.7/7

g. Fire extinguishers. g.

h. Detachment tool kit (ceramic wrench and sledgehammer).

h.

i. SMP vehicle with shelters. i.

j. Hazmat Spill Kits. j.

k. Fuel (Diesel). k.

l. PPE. l.

9. Learning Aids. Handouts. 9. Matériel d’apprentissage. Documents du cours.


a. This EO should be taught prior to PO 002 a.

b. This EO could be practiced and assessed in conjunction with EO 002.01 - Employ Mast Mounted Antenna Systems.

b.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EO 010.02 OCOM 010.02

1. Performance. Deploy a CIS Detachment. 1. Rendement.



(1) communications equipment, (1)

(2) vehicle mounted communications shelter, (2)

(3) power source (AC and DC), (3)

(4) camouflage nets and concealment material, (4)

(5) trailers as required, (5)

(6) movement orders, route cards and maps, (6)


(8) references (8)

b. Denied: Nil. b. Éléments non fournis : aucun.

c. Environment: Day or night, under any weather and tactical conditions within a contemporary operating environment.


3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will deploy a CIS detachment to include:

3. Norme.

a. Using hand tools; a.

b. preparing communication vehicle and equipment;

b.

c. Siting communication detachment: c.

(1) performing site recce, (1)

(2) setting up detachment, and (2)

(3) employing defensive action to protect the vehicle and its load from attack while in location;

(3)

d. operating a CIS Detachment: d.

(1) preparing communication vehicle and equipment:

(1)

(a) performing daily inspection on vehicle and communication equipment,

(a)

(b) operating power distribution systems (FT0430),

(b)

(c) Verifying load list, (c)

(d) security, and (d)

(e) Maintaining detachment diary; and (e)

e. deploying communication vehicle and equipment:

e.

(1) performing driver/co-driver functions, and

(1)

010.02.1/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

(2) employing defensive action to protect the vehicle and its load from attack while on the move.

(2)




DURÉE (MINs)


a. Hand tool safety: C 34 and C35 45 (L/D) a. (1) hand tool safety overview, C35 para 1 (1) (2) basic rules for using had

tools, C35 para 2 (2)

(3) tips for using hand tools, and

C34 pg 1 (3)

(4) what to avoid when using hand tools.

C 34 pg 2 (4)

b. Prepare communication vehicle and equipment by:

A69 A83 USOP 101.05

720 (L/D/P)

b.

(1) safety precautions and procedures,

A83 USOP 101.04 A69 pg v to ix\x A52 pg xv para 1 to 5 pg xviii para 17 to 19

(a)

(2) performing daily inspection on vehicle, communications equipment and generator,

A 83 USOP 101.05 para B A69 pg 3-3-1 to 3-3-10

(b)

(3) vehicle topology: A97 pg 1-2-18 fig 1-2-3 (c) (a) vehicle sub system,

and A97 pg 1-2-28 to 1-2-36 i.

(b) VHF sub system, A97 pg 1-2-49 ii. (4) operate power distribution

systems: A97 pg 1-2-50 para 65 to 67 fig 1-2-15

(d)

(a) perform equipment power up procedures,

A52 part 3 pg 3-1 i.

(b) inspect equipment, A52 part 3 pg 3-2 fig 3-1 ii. (c) power up equipment,

and A59 pg 2-2-1 para 1to 9 iii.

(d) perform shut down procedures, and

A59 pg 2-2-2 para 10 to 12

iv.

(e) verify load list, A 83 USOP 101.23-1/5 to 2/5

(e)

(5) security procedures to include:

A83 USOP 101.19-1/1 (2)

(a) vehicle and equipment, A83 USOP 101.19 (a) (b) communiciation

security, A83 USOP 101.19 (b)

(c) weapons security, and A83 USOP 101.19 (c) (d) codes and crypto, and A83 USOP 101.19 (d)

(6) maintain detachemtn diary to include:

A83 USOP 101.25-1/11 (3)

(a) detachement diary entry sheet,

A83 USOP 101.25-2/11 (a)

(b) generator log, A83 USOP 101.25-3/11 (b) (c) password board, A83 USOP 101.25-4/11 (c) (d) visitors log, A83 USOP 101.25-5/11 (d)

010.02.2/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


(e) sleep log,, A83 USOP 101.25-6/11 (e) (f) weapons log, A83 USOP 101.25-7/11 (f) (g) detachment serialized

equipment log, A83 USOP 101.25-8/11 (g)

(h) COMSEC muster sheet,

A83 USOP 101.25-9/11 (h)

(i) fault record, and A83 USOP 101.25-10/11 (i) (j) vehicle trip ticket. A83 USOP 101.25-11/11 (j)

c. Site communications detachment:

180 (L/D/P)

c.

(1) perform site recce: Student Handout (1) (a) 5 min listening halt, (a) (b) conduct box search,

and (b)

(c) site detachment and equipment,

(c)

(2) setting up a detachment: A6, pg 3-2 para 305, A11, para 109.01 to 109.05, A18, chap 1, pg 1-1, para 102 to 104, A83, pg 34, USOP 101.18, pg 44, USOP 101.21

(2)

(a) detachment layout, A83 USOP 101.03-5/7 (a) (b) defences, and A83 USOP 101.08-1/3

para 1 and 2 A83 USOP 101.09-1/2 para 1 sub para a. to b.

(b)

(c) priority of work, and A83 USOP 101.11-1/2 to 2/2

(c)

(3) employing defensive action to protect the vehicle and its load from attack while in location to include:

A83 USOP 101.18-1/7 to 101.18-3/7

(3)

(a) air attack, A83 USOP 101.18-1/7 para a.

i.

(b) artillery attack, A83 USOP 101.18-1/7 para b.

ii.

(c) NBC attack, and A83 USOP 101.18-2/7 para c.

iii.

(d) ground attack. A83 USOP 101.18-2/7 para d.

iv.

d. Deploy communications vehicle and equipment:

90 (L/P) d.

(1) perform driver /co-driver functions,

A83 USOP 101.18 (1)

(2) employ defensive action to protect the vehicle and its load from attack while on the move by:

(2)

(a) actions on drills, (a) (b) halts, A83 USOP 101.18-3/7 (b) (c) obstacles, A83 USOP 101.18-/3-7 (c) (d) ambush, and A83 USOP 101.18-5/7 (d) (e) road block. A83 USOP 101.18-5/7

to 7/7 (e)

010.02.3/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DURÉE (MINs)


e. Describe components of an IED to include:

A112, A113, A114 and C39

22.5 (L) e.

(1) firing switch, (1) (2) detonator, (2) (3) power source, (3) (4) main charge, and (4) (5) casing/container. (5)

f. Describe types of IEDs to Include:

C40 22.5 (L) f.

(1) victim operated, (1) (2) command operated, and (2) (3) time operated. (3)

g. Describe enemy IED TTP to include:

A116 45 (L) g.

(1) enemy, Chap 1 Pg 1 (1) (2) IED cells, Chap 1 Pg 3 (2) (3) methods of delivery and

concealment, Chap 2 Sect 4 Pg 26 (3)

(4) IED site selection, and Chap 3 Sect 1 Pg 38 (4) (5) IED placement. Chap 3 Sect 1 Pg 40 (5)

h. Describe C-IED convoy drills to include:

A116, A119, A120, 135 (L) h.

(1) general, (1)

(2) convoy patrol preparation, (2)

(3) convoy immediate action on contact to include: (SAID)

A116 Ch 5 Sect 1, 2 and 3 Pg 80 to 82, Sect 4 pg 100 to 101

(3)

(a) Stop, (a) (b) Assess, (b) (c) Inform, and (c) (d) Drills, (d)

(4) 5 and 20 metre drills, (4) (5) the 5Cs to include: (5)

(a) confirm, (a) (b) contact, (b) (c) clear, (c) (d) cordon, and (d) (e) control, and (e)

(6) use of patrol counter measures to include:

(6)

(a) mounted, and (a) (b) dismounted. (b)

EC 1-24 Practical on Deploy a Communication Information System (CIS) Detachment

810

PC 010 Part 2 FX


5. Test Details. EC 1-23 will be evaluated with a practical enabling check and PC 010 Part 2 test details can be found in Annex D.


6. Method. Lecture/Demonstration/Practice 6. Méthode. Exposé/ démonstration/pratique.

010.02.4/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

010.02.5/5




a. Whiteboard. a.

b. OHP/Proxima. b.

c. Computer. c.

d. Generators (trailer mounted) complete. d.

e. SMP vehicle with shelters w/communications equipment, vehicle EIS, and Field Stores (vehicle load list complete).

e.

f. POL (Fuel, Coolant, Naptha etc) f.



A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

EDO 001 OÉDEC 001

1. Performance. Understand signals. 1. Rendement.



(1) computer and peripherals, (1)






3. Standard. The ACISS DP1 will understand signals to include:

3. Norme.

a. (SK1593) understand Communication and Electronics Branch (C&E) history IAW ref W5;

a.

b. (JK1518) understand CIS organizations and structures by:

b.

(1) describing Director Personnel Generation Requirements (DPGR) IAW ref W6 specifically the ACISS Job Based Specification;

(1)

(2) describing Signals Centre of Excellence and Training Establishment IAW ref W7;

(2)

(3) describing Signal Squadron specifically the Canadian Mechanized Brigade Groups (CMBG) Headquarters and Signal IAW ref W8;

(3)

(4) describing Electronic Warfare Regiment IAW ref W9; and

(4)

(5) describing Canadian Forces Joint Signal Regiment IAW ref W10.

(5)

c. (JK1519) understand CIS equipment and capabilities by:

c.

(1) describing Alternating Current (AC) theory;

(1)

(2) describing Direct Current (DC) theory; and

(2)

(3) describing telephony theory. (3)



a. Specification Task a. Tâche de la description –

b. Supporting Knowledge Numbers – b. Numéros de l’élément de connaissance essentielle –

5. Enabling Objectives. Nil. 5. Objectifs de compétence. Aucun.

001.1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

001.2/2






a. This Education Objective (EdO) has the potential to be delivered by the Distributed Learning (DL) approach. If it is determined by the TPWB that a DL solution is the approach, some of the knowledge’s may need to be reinforced during the residential portion.

a.

b. The DL for the Reg F has the potential to be administered to those personnel awaiting DP1 ACISS training on completion of BMQ/BMQ-(L) and or Land Force Command Driver Wheeled training.

b.

c. The DL for the Res F has the potential to be administered to those personnel while at their respective P Res units immediately following BMQ/BMQ-(L).

c.

d. The entire EDO should be delivered as an introduction and basic level of understanding.

d.

A-P2-CIS-002/PH-B01

CHAPTER 3 - ASSESSMENT CHAPITRE 3 - ÉVALUATION

GENERAL GÉNÉRALITÉS

1. Successful completion of the POs as identified in Chapter 2 of this TP will be the basis for a pass/fail assessment. A candidate who fails to successfully complete all POs in the allocated attempts given will be assessed as a training failure and referred to the Commanding Officer of the training establishment to determine the requirement for a Progress Review Board (PRB).

1. L’évaluation du succès/de l’échec sera basée sur la réussite des OREN définis dans le chapitre 2 de ce PLANIN. Le candidat qui ne réussit pas à remplir tous les OREN, compte tenu des reprises allouées, se verra attribuer un échec, et son cas sera soumis au commandant de l’établissement d’instruction, qui déterminera si un comité d’évaluation des progrès (CEP) est nécessaire.

2. Categories of Assessment are listed in Chapter 3 of the QS.

2. Les catégories d’évaluation sont énumérées au chapitre 3 de la NORQUAL.

3. The observation of a candidate’s leadership potential may be noted on the course file for input in the course report.

3. L’observation du potentiel de leadership du candidat pourrait-être consignée dans le dossier du cours aux fins d’établissement du rapport de cours.

SUPPLEMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPRISES

4. A candidate will be permitted one repeat Performance Check (PC) on any failed PO if:

4. En cas d’échec à un OREN/OÉDUC, le candidataura normalement droit à une reprise du contrôle de rendement (COREN) ou de l’objectif d’éducation, si :

a. the attempt is likely to be successful; a. sa réussite est probable ;

b. extra tutoring, if necessary, is practical in terms of instruction time, the member’s time, and available resources and facilities; and

b. un tutorat additionnel, le cas échéant, est réaliste, compte tenu du temps alloué à l’instruction, du temps dont le militaire dispose et des ressources et installations disponibles; et

c. the attempt can be completed before the scheduled training program end date.

c. la reprise peut avoir lieu avant la date de fin prévue du programme d’instruction.

5. Failure of any supplemental attempt will result in a PRB.

5. Un échec à une reprise entraîne normalement l’intervention d’un CEP.

6. Further attempts may be granted by the PRB when unusual circumstances exist. The details shall be recorded on the Course Report.

6. Dans des circonstances exceptionnelles, le CEP peut accorder une autre reprise. Les détails doivent être inscrits dans le rapport du cours.

7. A course member will be permitted one repeat PC on any failed PO to a maximum of two POs.

7.

ASSESSMENT PLAN PLAN D’ÉVALUATION

8. Para 5 of each EO is the Test Details, which lays out the methods that will be used to ensure the studenthas mastered the subject material covered in the EO to include:

8. Le para 5 de chaque OCOM présente les modalités de contrôle, qui définissent les méthodes employées pour s’assurer que le stagiaire maîtrise la matière traitée dans l’OCOM, c’est-à-dire :

a. End of lesson confirmation can be: a. La confirmation à la fin de la leçon peut prendre l’une des formes suivantes :

(1) oral questions, (1) questions orales,

(2) written test, (2) épreuve écrite,

(3) homework assignment, and (3) travail individuel, et

3-1/3

A-P2-CIS-002/PH-B01

(4) practical test – can be a test or the instructors’ assessment of the student’s performance during the practice segment of the EO.

(4) épreuve pratique – peut être un examen ou l’évaluation que l’instructeur fait du rendement du stagiaire pendant le volet pratique de l’OCOM.

b. Written or Practical EO Check. b. Contrôle écrit ou pratique sur l’OCOM.

c. Written or Practical PO Check. c. Contrôle écrit ou pratique sur l’OREN.

d. Practical assessment. d. Évaluation pratique.

9. Practical drills and procedures performed by the student during PO/EO Checks shall be assessed in accordance with the specific references used to teach that subject material:

9. Les drills pratiques et les procédures exécutés par le stagiaire pendant les contrôles sur les OCOM/OREN doivent être évalués en fonction des documents de référence particuliers utilisés pour enseigner la matière en question.

a. PO 001 a. OREN 001

(1) EC 1-1Practical (1)

(2) EC1-2 Practical (2)




(6) PC 001 Part 1 (6)

(7) PC 001 Part 2 (7)

b. PO 002 b. OREN 002

(1) EC 1-6 Theory (1)

(2) EC 1-7 Theory (2)

(3) EC 1-8 Theory (3)

(4) EC 1-9 Theory (4)

(5) EC 1-10 Theory (5)

(6) PC 002 Part 1 Practical (6)




c. PO 003 c. OREN 003

(1) EC 1-11 (1)

(2) PC 003 (2)

d. PO 004 d. OREN 004

(1) EC 1-12 (1)

(2) PC 004 (2)

e. PO 005 e. OREN 005

(1) EC 1-13 (1)

(2) PC 005 (2)

3-2/3

A-P2-CIS-002/PH-B01

3-3/3

f. PO 006 f. OREN 006

(1) EC 1-14 Practical (1)



(4) PC 004 Practical (4)

g. PO 007 g. OREN 007


(2) PC 007 Part 1 Theory (2)


h. PO 008 h. OREN 008


(2) PC 008 Part 1 Theory (2)


i. PO 009 i. OREN 009

(1) EC 1-19 Theory (1)






j. PO 010 j. OREN 010

(1) EC1-22 Theory (1)





A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE A

TRAINING RESOURCES/RESSOURCES D’INSTRUCTION

Appendix 1.....................Instructor Allocation............................................................................................... A1-1/1

Appendice 1 ..................Catégorie d’instructeur .......................................................................................... A1-1/1

Appendix 2.....................Training Resources ............................................................................................... A2-1/8

Appendice 2 ..................Ressources d’Instruction....................................................................................... A2-1/8

Appendix 3.....................Main References ................................................................................................. A3-1/10

Appendice 3 ..................Principaux documents de référence.................................................................... A3-1/10

A-1/1

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

APPENDIX/APPENDICE 1 ANNEX/ANNEXE A

INSTRUCTOR ALLOCATION CATÉGORIE D'INSTRUCTEURS

The following instructor allocation is authorized: L’affectation des instructeurs suivants est autorisée :

INSTRUCTOR TYPE/ RANK/ NUMBER/

TYPE D’INSTRUCTEUR GRADE NOMBRE QUALIFICATION

Course Officer/Officier du cours Lt/Capt 1 00341

Course Director/Gérant du cours Sgt/WO 1 AIJA, AHCH, AIDD, AGJK, or 07878, AGJN

Instructors/Instructeurs MCpl 5 AIJA, AHCH, AIDD, AGJK, or 07878, AGJN

Standards Writer MCpl/Civilian 1 AHCH, AHCJ, AIDD, AGJK, or 07878

A1-1/1

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


TRAINING RESOURCES RESSOURCES D’INSTRUCTION

1. Classroom. The following items are required: 1. Salle de classe. Le matériel suivant est requis :

. SER ITEM ARTICLE QTY/QTÉ

1. Computers 25

2. Projector 1

3. White Board 1

4. Desks 24

5. Chairs 24

6. Podium 1

7. Typing Lab 1

8. Battle Group Mockup Lab 1

9. EPLRS Lab 1

10. Generator Bay 1

11. IS Classroom 1 2. Course Storeroom. Nil 2. Pièces de rangement pour les besoins du

cours. Aucun. 3. Instructor Rooms. One office-size room is required for use by the instructors. This room must be close to the course classroom. The office must be suitable for counselling trainees. Necessary office furniture is required.

3. Salles des instructeurs.

SER ITEM ARTICLE QTY/QTÉ

1. Course Director’s Office 1

2. Course Staff Bull Pen (For 5 Instructors) 1

4. Transport. The following vehicles will be required for this course:

4. Transport.


1. LSVW – Cargo (No Installation) 1

2. LSVW – AC 5.001 VIC 9

3. LSVW – AC 77.001 CHV 1

4. LSVW – AC 78.001 CPIC 1

5. Cherokee 5

6. LUVW or MilCots 4

7. MLVW (2 ½ Ton) 1

8. Trailer ¾ ton 1

9. Trailer ¾ ton with 5 KW Generator 9

10. Trailer 1 ½ ton with 10 KW Generator 1

A2-1/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


5. Vehicle Stores. To include: 5. Véhicules SER ITEM ARTICLE QTY/QTÉ

1. Diesel As reqr

2. Gasoline As reqr

3. Antifreeze As reqr

4. Windshield Washer Fluid As reqr 6. Personal Equipment. All trainees will have in their possession the personal equipment they have been issued.

6. Équipement personnel. Tous les stagiaires doivent avoir en leur possession l’équipement personnel décrit dans les instructions de ralliement du cours.

7. Course Stores (Consumables). The following is required:

7. Matériel de cours (produits consomptibles). Le matériel suivant est requis :


1. PP&S 24 2. White Board Markers 1 pkg 3. Radio Net Diagram 60 4. Message Templates As reqr 5. Log Books 24 6. Line Tags 50 7. 550 Cord 3 rolls 8. Electrical Tape 20 rolls 9. Orange Safety Tape 12 rolls 10. Mine tape 12 rolls 11. Hessian 2 rolls 12. Hand Cleaner 2 13. Windex 8 14. Paper Towel 1 case 15. Steel Wool 2 rolls 16. CLP 8 17. Weapon Cleaning Swabs 1 pkg 18. Pipe Cleaners 2 pkg 19. Map Talc 1 roll 20. Map Tack 1 roll 21. Map Pins 3 boxes 22. Non Permanent Markers 9 pkgs 23. Grease Pencils 9 pkgs 24. Permanent Markers 1 pkg 25. Insect Repellent 32 26. Sunscreen 32 27. Body Lotion 32 28. Lip Balm 32 29. Burns Bag 18 30. Garbage Bags 2 rolls 31. Light Bulbs As reqr 32. Rags 1 pkg

A2-2/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



33. Sand Bags 30 34. Silicone Spray 32 35. Gun Tape 2 rolls 36. Tie Wraps 6 pkgs 37. Glow Sticks 400 38. Cam Paint 32 39. Field Dressing 32 40. Thermal Paper As reqr 41. Fanfold Paper As reqr 42. Kerosene As reqr 43. Naphtha As reqr 44. Oil As reqr 45. Transmission Fluid As reqr

8. General Purpose Field Stores. To include the following:

8.


1. NVIS Antenna Assembly 2 2. NVIS Antenna Assembly Extension Kit 2 3. 5 KW Generator 9 4. 10 KW Generator 1

9. Technical Stores. The following items are required: (The quantities are the minimum required. If the training establishment is equipped with radio rooms; more quantities will be required.)

9. Matériel technique. Le necessaire suivant est requis. Les quantités indiquées sont les quantités minimum. Sil’établissement d’instruction est �ece de salles de radios, de plus grandes quantités seront necessaries.


1. Battery Analyzer Charger Set 8 2. CPS Battery Main 30 3. CPS Memory Battery 30 4. BB-503/PRC-522 40 5. BB-590 24 Volt for the RT-522 54 6. 138 Battery 80 7. 521 Battery 54 8. AN/PRC 521 27 9. Multi band Radio AN/PRC 117 27

10. AN/PRC 138 27

11. Cellular Telephone 8 12. Navigation Set GPS 27 13. KY-99A 27 14. DTD 27 15. AN/CYZ-10 fill cable 27 16. Tying Computers 27 17. Vixam Mast and Kit 9 18. Ground Plane Antenna Group or SPD-1 (Vertical Dipole 12

A2-3/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



19. Barker Williams Antenna Group 2 20. Motorola Radios 10 21. RA 2000 24 22. CI Remote Kit RKT 1-1 with FOCA 750M 9 23. CI Extension Cable 9 24. Antenna Wire 100 M 25. Insulators 50 26. FOCA Cable 110M 9 27. Mavis Beacon Teaches Typing Ver X 27 28. French Typing Software 27 29. Windows OS Software As Reqr 30. Unix OS Software As Reqr 31. SAS/SAM Software 25 32. DOS OS Software 25 33. IRIS Application Software 27 34. Falcom Software 25 35. WD-1 ¼ Mile 10 36. MCM Equipment 7 37. RCU – TDS Recon Pocket PC Handheld 7 38. Communication Cable – J39 7 39. Communication Cable – J40 7 40. Golden Comms Cable MES PN:90011 7 41. Power Supply for Chameleon 7 42. Golden Power Cable 7 43. Core Module System Software CD 7 44. Grounding Strap to Ground MCM 7 45. Dummy Load 150 watts 12 46. PCM Equipment Complete 2 47. PCM Harness 2 48. External DC Power in Wiring Harness 90-10022 2 49. Mil Sim (IED Simulator Kit) 1 50. Simulator RCIED 1 51. Wattmeter 7 52. C9 (Dummy C4, Blocks) 10 53. Dummy Detonating Cord (100 feet) 1 54. Dummy Detonating Electric 20 55. Dummy Munitions (Artillery Rounds) 6 56. Dummy Munitions (Land Mines) 4 57. Wire (12 and 16 Gauge red and black) 1 spool 58. 9 volt Battery Connectors 20 59. RT-1915 12 60. Laptop CF-30 12 61. 16 Channel radio test box faraday cage with attenuators 12 62. EPLRS Virtual User Readout Software 12 63. EPLRS Frequency Mapping Tool Software 12 64. Electric Pod Heater 9 65. Vacan Heater 2 66. Exhaust Hose 9 67. Excel Software 24

A2-4/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



68. Word Software 24 69. Secure Telephone 24 70. Keying Material 24 71. Data Terminal Loaded with Situation Awareness Software 12

10. Weapons, Ammunition and, Pyrotechnics. The following is required:

10. Matériel cryptographique et papeterie. Le matériel suivant est requis :


1. C7 Rifle (Issued with bolt, sling, cleaning kit) 30 2. Magazine – 30 round 5.56mm 140 3. Cart 5.56mm ball 5600 4. Blank Firing Attachment (BFA) – 5.56 30 5. Cart 5.56mm Blank 5600 6. Grenade Hand Smoke No. 4 Green 30 7. Grenade Hand Smoke No. 4 Red 30 8. Grenade Hand Smoke Yellow 30 9. Thunder flash C1A1 150

11. Training Area Requirements. The following is required:

11. Exigences concernant les secteurs d’entraînement. Le matériel suivant est requis :

SER ITEM ARTICLE REQR/REQUIS QTY/QTE

1. Harvey Property FTX 2. Gore Trg Area FTX 3. Camden East Training Area FTX 4. Applicable Civilian Site FTX 5. Chemical Toilets FTX 6

12. General Purpose Field Stores. The following is required:

12.


1. Maps 24 2. Field SOPs (Mercury Storm SOPs) 24 3. Base Fire Orders 24 4. Spill Kit 12 5. Compass 12 6. Safety Glasses 24 7. Batteries C Cell 96 8. Batteries D Cell 96 9. Sledges 12 10. Shovels 12 11. Picks 12 12. Spikes 200 13. Stove 11

A2-5/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



14. Lantern 11 15. Pressure Cooker 11 16. Small Cook Set 11 17. Water Can 24 18. Grey Water Cans 12 19. Fuel Cans 30 20. Men Tent 9 21. Cam Nets 27 22. Cam Poles 200 23. Spreaders 100 24. Fire Extinguishers 27 25. Drip Pans 27 26. Wire Brush 8 27. Hand Broom 8 28. Section Cleaning Kit 2 29. Map Roamer 24 30. Bell Drops 2 31. Book Bags 24 32. Floppy Disks 24 33. Writeable CD ROMs 24 34. Printer Paper 81/2 by 11 As Reqr 35. Printer Paper 8 ½ by 14 As Reqr 36. Rulers 12 inch 24

13. Learning Aids. The following is required: 13. Matériel d’instruction (Méth d’inst). Le matériel

suivant est requis : SER ITEM ARTICLE QTY/QTÉ

1. Reports and Returns 24 2. Logs and Net diagrams 24 3. CEOIs 24 4. Personal Role Radio (PRR) 30 5. Frequency Allocation 5 6. Sig Ops Aide Memoire 24 7. TCCCS Operator Checklist 24 8. Printer ADP CA-5032/UYC Handout 24 9. Printer ADP CA-5033/UYC Handout 24 10. LDT Operator Card 24 11. LDT Handout 24 12. NVIS Antenna Handout 24 13. B & W Antenna Handout 24 14. CPIC Operator Card 24 15. KY99 Menu System Card 24 16. FALCOM Help Menu Handout 24 17. 522 Menu System Diagram 24 18. DTD Operator Card 24 19. DTD Handout 24 20. FOCA Reel Operator Card 24

A2-6/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


A2-7/7


21. RA2000 Operator Card 24 22. ACP 125 24 23. Generator 5KW Operator Card 24 24. Generator 10KW Operator Card 24 25. Route Cards 9 26. Muster Sheets 9 27. Det Diaries 9 28. FSOPs 9 29. Move Orders 9

14. Rations. The following are computed in “meals per person per day (accounting for students and support staff. Special dietary requirements will also have to be identified (ie: vegetarian, kosher,halal) when requests are submitted. “Meals in Kitchen” refers to meals when outside CFSCE.

14.

MEAL HOT

HAYBOX FRESH RATIONS(UNPREPARED)

BOX LUNCH

MEAL IN KITCHEN

IMP REQUIRED FOR POS:

Breakfast 140 meals 140 350

Lunch 140 meals 140 204 364

Supper 140 meals 140 350

Total 420 meals 420 204 1064

Staffing Notes: Submit requests to Sp Sqn Tech Svcs. The following takes into consideration 24 students and 10 staff for 12 days. More or less may be required due to course load and staff availability. This is the optimum requirement.

15. Financial Requirements. The following training activities will require the expenditure of funds:

15.

a. FOA (field operation allowance); a.

b. toilet rentals; b.

c. vehicle rental; c.

d. rations; d.

e. cooking fuel; e.

f. POL mechanical; f.

g. diesel; g.

h. gas; h.

i. publications/printing; i.

j. PP&S; j.

k. training aids; k.

l. pharmaceuticals; and l.

m. batteries. m.

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


MAIN REFERENCES PRINCIPAUX DOCUMENTS DE RÉFÉRENCE

The following publications are required for instructor reference and students study. Students study materials will be signed for individually or given an electronic format and returned upon conclusion of the course.

Les publications suivantes sont nécessaires à la préparation des instructeurs et à l’étude des stagiaires. Les stagiaires doivent recevoir une copie électronique ou bien signer individuellement pour emprunter les documents d’étude et ils doivent retourner ceux-ci à la fin du cours.

DISTRIBUTION

CODE NDID/CONTROL NUMBER

IDDN/NUMÉRO DE CONTRÔLE

TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

A SERIES - CF PUBLICATIONS SERIES A - PUBLICATION DES FC

A1 ACP 125 CANSUPP-1C

Radio Telephone Procedures for Canadian Forces (Land Environment)

A2 A-AD-121-C01/FP-000 Staff Procedures and Military Writing for Canadian Forces

A3 A-DP-190-000/AG-000 Micro-Computer Procedures and Guidelines

Canadian Forces Counter Improvised Explosive Device Tactics, Techniques and Procedures Handbook

A4 B-GJ-005-316/FP-004

http://otgmati000041.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/servlet/dticsGetDocument?r_object_id=09000fa0800c4d5a

A5 B-GJ-005-404/FP-004 Road Movement

A6 B-GJ-005-404/FP-030 Road Movement Vol 9

A7 B-GL-300-002éFP-000 Land Force Tactical Doctrine

A8 B-GL-358-001/FP-001 Defensive EW Aide-Memoire

A9 B-GL-322-007/PT-001 Urban Operations

A10 B-GJ-005-316/FP-Z04 Canadian Forces Counter Improvised Explosive Device Tactics, Techniques and procedures Pocket Card

A11 B-GL-332-001-FP-001 Unit Standing Operating Procedures Vol 1

A12 B-GL-351-003/FP-001 Communications Electronic Standing Instructions (CESI)

A13 B-GL-351-003/FP-001 Communications Electronic Standing Instructions Vol 2

A14 B-GL-351-003/FP-000 Signals and Land Operations Vol 3

A15 B-GT-F24-020/FP-000 Tactical Wire and Cable Techniques

A16 B-GT-516-00B/AG-K01

Communication Command CF High Frequency Skywave Prediction (Bil)

A17 B-GL-361-021/FP-001 Mobility Support - Route and Area Clearance

A18 B-OL-318-009/PT-001 Military Training, Vol 9, Camouflage and Concealment

A3-1/10



A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

General Safety - Lithium Batteries Handling, Storage, Preservation and Disposal

A19 C-02-008-001/TS-000

http://otgmati000041.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/servlet/dticsGetDocument?r_object_id=09000fa0800f00bb

A20 C-06-020-001/AM-001 Test Equipment Calibration Policy

DND General Safety Standards A21 C-02-040-009/AG-000

http://vcds.dwan.dnd.ca/dsafeg/polpgms/manuals/GSStandards/intro_e.asp

A22 C-06-050-048/PT-000 Basic Electronic Training Trainee Theory Notes, 1992-11-06

A23 C-06-050-029/AB-000 Antenna and Radio Propagation

Permissive Repair Schedule Battery Charger

A24 C-46-644-000/NP-B01

http://otgmati000041.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/servlet/dticsGetDocument?r_object_id=09000fa080040760

DAGR Operator and Maintenance Manual A25 C-53-B55-000/MS-001

http://otgmati000041.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/servlet/dticsGetDocument?r_object_id=09000fa0800d0db2

A26 C-53-B55-000/MB-001 DAGR Pocket Guide

A27 C-53-010-000/MS-001 IRIS System Technical Publications

A28 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Equipment Description, Radio Set AN/PRC 521

A29 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Operations Instructions Cable Assembly Fibre Optic CX-5293/TSC and CX-5294/TSC

A30 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Combined Manual Headset-Microphone H-5038/U

A31 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Equipment Description, Analyzer-Charger, Battery Set

A32 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Amplifier, Radio Frequency AM-5344/ VRC-513 (V) 2 Equipment Description

A33 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Operations Manual for Radio AN/PRC 138(V) 3 (Bil)

A34 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Computer System, Digital CP-5130/GYC, Operating Instructions (combined)

A35 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Op instructions for Computer system, digital CP 5130/GYC and CP 5131/GYC (Bil)

A36 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Command Post Intercom, First Line Maintenance

A37 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Computer System, Digital CP-5131/GYC Operation Instructions

A38 Part of C-53-010-000/ MS-001

Computer System, Digital CP-5131/GYC Maintenance Instruction

A39 C-53-626-000/MB-000 RF 5200 Falcon Series Manpack Commu-nication Systems Operation Manual

A3-2/10



http://vcds.dwan.dnd.ca/dsafeg/polpgms/manuals/GSStandards/intro_e.asp





A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

A40 C-53-750-000/MA-001 Iris System Overview Manual

A41 C-53-750-000/MB-013 Iris System Management Manual, Vol 13 Situation Awareness Module

A42 C-53-757-000/MC-001 Operator Card, Radio Set AN/PRC-521

Combined Manual Headset-Microphone H-5034/U

A43 C-53-758-000/MS-001

http://otgmati000041.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/servlet/dticsGetDocument?r_object_id=09000fa08007a35f

A44 C-53-760-000/MS-001 Combined Manual Handset H-5036/U (Bil)

A45 C-53-771-000/MB-001 Operation Instructions for Radio Set AN/PRC 522, AN/VRC 513 (V)1 and (V)2 (Bil)

A46 C-53-771-000/MC-001 Operator Card Radio Set AN/PRC-522

Equipment Description, Radio Sets AN/PRC 522, AN/VRC-513 (V) 1 and AN/VRC-513 (V) 2

A47 C-53-771-000/MM-001

http://otgmati000041.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/servlet/dticsGetDocument?r_object_id=09000fa08007a3f7

A48 C-53-772-000/MB-001 Operations Instructions Distribution Box J-5251/GRC, J-5252/GRC and J-5253/GRC

A49 C-53-776-000/MB-001 Operating Instructions, Analyzer-Charger Battery Set

A50 C-53-776-000/MC-001 Battery Charger Operator Card OP-5006/G

A51 C-53-778-000/MM-001 First Line Maintenance Instructions, Interface Unit, Communication Equipment J-5258/GRC, J-5259/GRC, J-5278/VRC and J-5279/VRC

A52 C-53-780-000/MB-001 Network Access Components, Components J-5258/GRC, J-5259/GRC, J-5266/GRC, J-5267/GRC, J-5278/GRC, J-5279/GRC, J-5280/GRC, C-5602/URC and C-5603/URC

A53 C-53-780-A00/MS-001 Combined Manual Remote Kit RKT 1-1

A54 C-53-821-00/MB-001 Op Instructions for Computer System, digital AN/UYK 511 (V) X (Bil)

A55 C-53-821-00/MC-001 Operator Card - Computer System, digital AN/UYK 511 (V) X (Bil)

A56 C-53-821-000/MS-001 Computer System, Digital AN/UYK-511 (V) Maintenance Instruction

A57 C-53-854-000/MC-001 Operator Card Radio Set AN/PRC 138(V) 3

A58 C-53-865-000/MC-001 Operator Card Computer Group OL-5034/ PYC

A59 C-53-876-000/MM-001 First Line Maintenance Instructions, Vehicle Intercommunications Subsystems

A60 C-53-961-000/MC-001 Command Post Intercom, Reference Guide

A61 C-53-986-000/MC-001 Reference Guide, Computer System, Digital CP-5131/GYC

A3-3/10





A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

A62 C-53-989-000/MS-001 Antenna Group Tactical - Near Vertical Incident Skyway (NVIS)

A63 C-56-597-000/MS-001 RA-2000 Comprehensive Maintenance Instruction

A64 C-56-597-000/NP-001 RA-2000 Permissive Repair Schedule and Standard Repair Times

A65 C-62-265-001/BC-001 Users Manual for the IRIS Data Transfer Device (DTD) AN/CYZ-10A User Application Software

A66 C-62-265-001/MB-001 Operations Instructions Data Transfer Device AM/CYZ-10/10A with IRIS Application

A67 C-63-266-001/MS-000 Handbook Telescopic Mast, Kit AB-5038/G Operation Maintenance for the Vixam 40 Telescopic Antenna

A68 C-63-270-000/MS-000 Ground Plane Antenna, AS-5162/VRC

A69 C-93-403-000/MB-001 Generator 5 KW Tactical Quiet, Skid Mounted

A70 ACP 122 (E) (COMSEC DA Item)

Communications Instructions Security

A71 ACP 134 (C) Telephone Switchboard Operating Procedures

A72 ATP 51 (A) Electronic Warfare in the Land Battle

A73 CIS/01/1 (COMSEC DA Item)

Canadian Forces COMSEC Instructions

Status Manual For Communication Material

A74 CIS/01/203

http://img.mil.ca/natsvcs/imit_security/comsec_prog/crypto/CCD_Publications/ccd_pub_e.asp

A75 CIS/01/302 Canadian Forces COMSEC Instruction for Land Force Tactical Units

A76 CIS/01/306 Field Generator and Over Air Distribution of Tactical Keying Equipment

A77 CIS/01/417 (COMSEC DA Item)

KY-99A Operating Instructions

A79 CFCSU 1B Standard Publication Status Manual

A80 CFP 322 (2) Communications Vol 2 - Field radio operator, responsibilities and procedures

A81 CFP 322 (3) Communication Vol 3 - Field Lineman responsibilities and procedures

A82 ACP 128 Message handling

A83 Field SOPs CFSCE Mercury Storm Field SOP

A84 353.007 14 A72 CFB Kingston Automated Data Processing and Automated Office Equipment Security Orders

A85 623.043 Introduction to Electronic Warfare

A3-4/10



A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

A86 623.043 03 E48 Pt 1 EW Group "The Royal School of Signals

A87 NDSI 27 National Defence Security Instructions (NDSI)

A88 INFOSEC (2B)

A89 C-53-780-000/MD-001 Control Indicator (CI) DLCSPM

A90 C-53-765-00/MB-001 Operations Instructions Cable Assembly Fibre Optic

A91 537 E56 ATIS Tech Supr Crse

EMI/EMC ATIS Tech Supervisor Course review Package



A94 B-GL-334-001/FP-001 SOPs for Land Operations

A95 NDSP National Defence Security Policy (NDSP)

A96 C-53-925-000/MM-001 First Line Maintenance Instructions Communication System AN/URC-511

A97 C-53-961-000/MM-001 First Line Maintenance Instructions Command Post Intercom

A98 C-53-763-000/MB-001 Operations Instructions (combined) cable assembly, Fibre Optic CX-5291/TSC, Cable Assembly, Fibre Optic CX-5292/ TSC and Cable Assembly, Fibre Optic CX-5295/TSC

A99 C-53-750-000/MA-002 Vehicle Subsystem Diagrams

A100 MCM MCM User Manual

A101 C-53-B41-000/MC-001 Harris AN/PRC-117F (C) Manpack Radio Familiarization Guide

A102 C53-854-000/MB-001 Radio Set AN/PRC-138(V)3 Radio, Ensemble AN/PRC-138(V)3

A103 B-GL-351-001/FP-001 Signals Support of Land Operations

A104 C-53-911-000/MM-001 Command Vehicle Harness (First Line Maintenance Instructions)

A105 C-53-876-000/MC-001_ENG

Reference Guide-Vehicle Intercom

A106 C-53-775-000/MS-001 Loud Speaker (LS-5028/VRC)

A107 B-GL-321-006/FT-001 Signals in Battle Vol 6 (Signals Field Handbook)

A108 C-53-780-000/CS-013 Control - Indicator C-5602/URC Changes For SR2

A109 B-GL-351-002MB-008 TSL Mini

A110 B-GL-351-002FT-013 TSL Heavy

A111 TM-2005-008-13&P HCLOS

A112 ICARUS TTP, Draft working aid from 2EW Sqn

A113 C-55-040-001/TS-001 CFTO Radio Safety Program

A114 Deploy and Operate a RCIEDD (S22304381S)

A3-5/10

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

A115 B-JG-005-316/FP-001 CF Operating Procedures for conduct of Improvised Explosive Device Disposal (IEDD) operations.

A116 B-JG-005-316/FP-004 CF Counter Improvised Explosive Device Tactics Techniques and Procedures Handbook. Canadian Manoeuvre Training Centre (CMTC) Soldier Card # 1 dated 10 sep 2006

A117 A-PP-005-LVE/AG-001 CF Leave Policy Manual

A118 B-GL321-002/FT-001 Signals in the Battle

A119 ICARUS Brief

A120 Canadian Manoeuvre Training Center (CMTC) soldier card # 1 dated 10 Sep 06

B SERIES - OTHER CANADIAN GOVERNMENT/FOREIGN MILITARY PUBLICATIONS

SÉRIES B - PUBLICATIONS D’AUTRES AGENCES GOUVERNEMENTALES/ PUBLICATIONS MILITAIRES ÉTRANGÈRES

AN/PRC-138(v)3 B1

http://lfdts.army.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/smokfiles

B2 10515-0109-4100 AN/PRC 117F

PRR B3

http://dglepm.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/dlcspm/NESS/equipment/Radius/PRR

B4 DLSE2 Directorate of Land Synthetic Environment

B5 Battleview - Aide Mémoire (TTPs)

Information Management Training Package

B6

http://lfdts.army.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/TrainingLinks_e.asp

Department of National Defence Canadian Forces Security Orders and Directives for Classified Information Systems

B7

http://img.mil.ca/natsvcs/imit_security/itsec_polstnds/ClassISS_e.asp

B8 TM 11-5825-299-10 Operator’s Manual (EPLRS)

B9 CECOM TR-98-6 Earth Grounding and Bounding Pamphlet

B10 MCRP 6-22D Field Antenna Handbook

B11 CDS 76245A Cosite

B12 CDS 763230 SPD-1

B13 CDS 700552 SPD-2

C SERIES - CIVILIAN AGENCY PUBLICATIONS SÉRIES C - PUBLICATIONS D’AGENCES CIVILES

C1 A-PM-008-000/PT-001 Basic typewriting drills 5th edition

C2 CID/01/9 Operational Standard Manual for STU-III

C3 STE CBT Operational Standard Manual for STE OMNI SGSM

A3-6/10

http://lfdts.army.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/smokfiles

http://dglepm.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/dlcspm/NESS/equipment/Radius/PRR

http://lfdts.army.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/TrainingLinks_e.asp

http://img.mil.ca/natsvcs/imit_security/itsec_polstnds/ClassISS_e.asp

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

C4 ISBN 0-02-802253-X 621.3 B12

Electronics fundamentals 8th edition

C5 ISBN 0-07-024923-7 537.5 Grob

Basic Electronics; Grob 4th Edition

C6 ISBN 0-07-034054-4 612.380 413 K39

Electronic Communications Systems 3rd Edition, Kennedy

C7 ISBN 0-8104-5961-2 621.381 Mil

Electronics one-seven, Hayden, 2nd Edition

C8 ISBN 0-13-590092-1 621.38 S33

Electronic Communications Systems - Complete Course by William Schweber

C9 ISBN 0-13-593152-5 621.38 0413 Mil

Modern Electronic Communication; Gary Miller 2nd Edition

C10 ISBN 0-71-06-1246-X Jane’s Radar and Electronic Warfare Systems 7th Ed

C11 ISBN 0-7357-0950-5 005.447 69 W37

Windows 2000 Professional

C12 ISBN 0-7356-0556-4 004.62 M38

MS Windows 2003 TCP-IP Protocols and Services

C13 ISBN 0-7897-2112-0 How computers work Millennium edition

C14 004.22 H51 2004 How Computers Work, Deluxe Ed Ron White

C15 0-07-048841-X 001.64 C52

Computing Essentials, McGraw Hill (Ed 1999-2000)

C16 0-764-54899-9 621.382 1 C57

Communications Systems and Networks

C17 1-57231-623-3 004.62 M37

Microsoft TCP/IP training set, Microsoft press

C18 652.307 Mil Mavis Beacon Teaches Typing 9.0

C19 004.16 D17 Data Transfer Device (DTD) V3 Dated 07 Mar 1996 Rev E

C20 384.3 T22 BICSI, TDM 10th Edition

C21 Hexadecimal Numbering System

C22 TB 11-5828-298-10-1 EPLRS Operator Manual for Net Ctl Stn 1 Aug 2004 RT-1915

C23 Rhode & Schwarz 3 & 6 Ghz Spectrum Analyser, FSH-6

C24 Situational Awareness System (SAS) User Manual

Not in use

C25 761927B Situational Awareness Module Version 5 (SAM5)

C26 700433D Cosite very-high-frequency & dual-band

C27 700552 VHF SPD2

C28 763230 VHF SPD1

C29 SRP-006-038 Corning Cable Systems CamSplice Assembly Manual

A3-7/10

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

C30 Pocket Pal Fault Detector Instruction manual

C31 TB 11-5825-298-10-3 Overview of EPLRS

C32 TM 11-5825-299-10 EPLRS Operator’s Manual

C33 EPLRS ENM Operator’s Course (RayTheon)

General Hand Tool Operation C34

http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/safety_haz/hand_tools/general.html

General Hand Tool Safety C35

http://www.jmu.edu/safetyplan/facilmgmt/safetymanual/generalsafety/handtools.shtml

C36 ISBN 1-92-8886-17-6 CICIS Telecommunication Distribution Methods Manual 10th edition

C37 700 857A LCSS SAM 5 Operator Interface ICD

C38 Secure Terminal Equipment User Manual (STE) Release 2.5

C39 ISBN 0-02-802253-X Glencoe McGraw-Hill, basic electronics eighth edition, CFSCE library 5035

C40 Rhode & Schwarz 3 & 6 Ghz spectrum analyser, FSH-6.

C41 PS-0001 Product Specification Chameleon Portable Countermeasure (PMC)

C42 PCM user manual

C43 Mobile Countermeasures (MCM) user manual

C44 TDS Recon (RCU) start Guide

C45 MCM and PCM configuration utility user manual

C46 ECM business Unit - Chameleon MCM system Test Procedure revision X9

C47 PTM-00006-02 MCM user manual.pdf

C48 PTM-00007-03 Configuration Utility manual chameleon MCM and PCM.pdf

C49 PTM-00008-02 Chameleon MCM Maintenance manual.pdf

C50 PD11-025, Version 2.1 (Apr 09)

Basic Electricity (DL Study Package)

D SERIES - LOCALLY PRODUCED AND NON-OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS SÉRIES D - PUBLICATIONS PRODUITES LOCALEMENT ET PUBLICATIONS NON OFFICIELLES

NIL AUCUNE

A3-8/10

http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/safety_haz/hand_tools/general.html

http://www.jmu.edu/safetyplan/facilmgmt/safetymanual/generalsafety/handtools.shtml

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

W SERIES - WEB SITE LINKS LOCALLY PRODUCED AND NON-OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS SÉRIES D - PUBLICATIONS PRODUITES LOCALEMENT ET PUBLICATIONS NON OFFICIELLES

National Defence Security Instructions (NDSI) Ch56, Ch70

W1

http://vcds.dwan.dnd.ca/cfpm/pubs/pol-pubs/ndsi/intro_e.asp

National Defence Security Policy (NDSP) W2

http://vcds.dwan.dnd.ca/cfpm/pubs/pol-pubs/ndsp/intro_e.asp

DLSE - Tactics, Techniques and Procedures (TTPs)

W3

http://lfdts.kingston.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/TTPs_e.asp

CEOI and CETI Template W4

http://lfdts.kingston.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/index_e.asp

Communications and Electronics Branch (C&E Branch)

W5

http://www.commelec.forces.gc.ca/index-eng.asp

Director Personnel Generation Policy (DPGR)

W6

http://hr.ottawa-hull.mil.ca/dgmp/dpgr/engraph/specifications_e.asp?sec=2&doc=occspec

Canadian Forces School of Communication and Electronics (CFSCE)

W7

http://cfsce.kingston.mil.ca/default_e.asp

Canadian Mechanized Brigade Groups (CMBG)

W8

http://lfcms.kingston.mil.ca/Default.aspx

Electronic Warfare (EW) Regiment W9

http://lfdts.kingston.mil.ca/2ew/welcome.asp

Canadian Forces Joint Signal Regiment (CFJSR)

W10

http://canoscom.kingston.mil.ca/cfjsr/index_e.asp

Transport Canada Standard 621.19 - Standards Obstruction Markings

W11

http://www.tc.gc.ca/CivilAviation/Regserv/Affairs/cars/PART6/Standards/62119.htm#4_1

Course 4106: Core Training for Microsoft® Office Excel 2003

W12

https://www.microsoftelearning.com/eLearning/courseDetail.aspx?courseId=19000

Course 4105: Core Training for Microsoft® Office Word 2003

W13


Military Communications and Electronics Museum

W14

http://www.c-and-e-museum.org/hist_e1.htm

A3-9/10

http://vcds.dwan.dnd.ca/cfpm/pubs/pol-pubs/ndsi/intro_e.asp

http://vcds.dwan.dnd.ca/cfpm/pubs/pol-pubs/ndsp/intro_e.asp

http://lfdts.kingston.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/TTPs_e.asp

http://lfdts.kingston.mil.ca/dlse/dlse2/index_e.asp

http://www.commelec.forces.gc.ca/index-eng.asp



http://cfsce.kingston.mil.ca/default_e.asp

http://lfcms.kingston.mil.ca/Default.aspx

http://lfdts.kingston.mil.ca/2ew/welcome.asp

http://canoscom.kingston.mil.ca/cfjsr/index_e.asp





http://www.c-and-e-museum.org/hist_e1.htm

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


A3-10/10

DISTRIBUTION



TITLE TITRE PER

STUDENT/ PAR

STAGIAIRE

CRSE STAFF/

PERS DU COURS

2 CMBG HQ & SIGS SQN W15

http://lfcms.kingston.mil.ca/Default.aspx?sectionID=143000440014908&type=S

CF 98/663/638/100 Forms W16

http://cms.cadets.gc.ca/regions/pra/content-contenu.aspx?id=54139&ekfxmen_noscript=1&ekfxmensel=e5a1dcbef_147_355&langtype=3084

Autobiography Example W17

http://www.cmrsj-rmcsj.forces.gc.ca/cpp-ncm/ar-rl/qc-cq/ir-ji/ad-eng.asp

Colour Code W18

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/25-pair_color_code

Knots and Hitches W19

http://3ga-gag-a3sg014:8080/catalogue/index.html

http://lfcms.kingston.mil.ca/Default.aspx?sectionID=143000440014908&type=S




http://www.cmrsj-rmcsj.forces.gc.ca/cpp-ncm/ar-rl/qc-cq/ir-ji/ad-eng.asp

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/25-pair_color_code

http://3ga-gag-a3sg014:8080/catalogue/index.html

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE B

ACTIVITY RÉSUMÉ/OPTIMUM TIMETABLE RÉSUMÉ DES ACTIVITÉS / CALENDRIER OPTIMAL

Appendix 1................. Activity Résumé..........................................................................................................B1-1/2

Appendice 1 .............. Résumé des activités .................................................................................................B1-1/2

Appendix 2................. Optimum Timetable ...................................................................................................B2-1/7

Appendice 2 .............. Calendrier optimal .....................................................................................................B2-1/7

B-1/1

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

APPENDIX/APPENDICE 1 ANNEX/ANNEXE B

ACTIVITY RÉSUMÉ RÉSUMÉ DE L’ACTIVITÉ

POS ACTIVITY ACTIVITÉ PO/EO OREN/ OCOM

PDS REMARKS/

REMARQUES

1. PERFORM COMMAND POST SYSTEM SUPPORT DUTIES

PO 001

a. Perform Detachment Administration a. 001.01 32

b. Communicate Using Radio Equipment b. 001.02 46

Subtotal Sous-total 78 8.66 trg days

2. EMPLOY TACTICAL COMMUNICATION VOICE SYSTEMS

PO 002

a. Employ Mast Mounted Antenna System a. 002.01 34

b. Employ HF Radio System b. 002.02 30

c. Employ VHF Radio System c. 002.03 24

d. Employ IRIS LAN d. 002.04 28


3. EMPLOY TACTICAL COMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM

PO 003

a. Employ Tactical Communication Data System

a. 003.01 29


4. EMPLOY TACTICAL COMMUNICATION SATELLITE SYSTEM

PO 004

a. Employ Tactical Communication Satellite System

a. 004.01 32


5. EMPLOY TACTICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

PO 005

a. Operate a Tactical Information System a. 005.01 24

b. Confirm Connectivity of a Tactical Information System

b. 005.02 5


6. EMPLOY TACTICAL LINE SYSTEM PO 006

a. Install Tactical Line System a. 006.01 9

b. Operate Field Telephone Equipment b. 006.02 3

c. Maintain Tactical Line System c. 006.03 11


7. EMPLOY C-RCIED SYSTEM PO 007

a. Install Tactical Line System a. 007.01 27


B1-1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


B1-2/2

POS ACTIVITY ACTIVITÉ PO/EO OREN/ OCOM

PDS REMARKS/

REMARQUES

8. EMPLOY COMMUNICATION SECURITY (COMSEC)

PO 008

a. Perform Signal Security b. 008.01 6

b. Use Cryptographic Equipment c. 008.02 36


9. EMPLOY POSITIONAL AWARENESS SYSTEM

PO 009

a. Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver

d. 009.01 28

b. Operate Situational Awareness System (SAS)

e. 009.02 44


10. DEPLOY A COMMUNICATION INFORMATION SYSTEM

PO 010

a. Operate Power Generating Units a. 010.01 36

b. Deploy a CIS Detachment b. 010.02 46


PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVE TOTAL 530 58.88 trg days

11. FIELD EXERCISE FTX 108 12.00 trg days

12. ADMINISTRATION ADM

a. Course Introduction/Outclearance a. 3

b. CF Express Test b. 2

c. Bi-weekly Standards Course critique c. 6

d. Bi-weekly Squandron Commander d. 6

e. Warrior Skills Maintenance e. 5

f. BFT Training and Test f. 9

g. Course Reports/Parades g. 5


GRAND TOTAL/ 674 74.88

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


OPTIMUM TIMETABLE CALENDRIER OPTIMAL

Based on 9 x 45 min periods per training day. À raison de 9 x 45 minutes d’instruction par jour

PD TIME/

DURÉE PD

TIME/ DURÉE

PD TIME/

DURÉE

1 0800-0845 4 1030-1115 7 1400-1445

2 0850-0935 5 1120-1205 8 1450-1535

3 0940-1025 6 1300-1345 9 1540-1625

DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/

OCOM TEACHING POINT POINT D’ENSEIGNEMENT

1 0800-0835 1-2 Adm Course Introduction

0940-1625 3-9 001.01a (L/D) Perform keyboarding

2 0800-1025 1-3 001.01a (L/D) Perform keyboarding

1030-1625 4-9 EC1-1 Practice exercise on keyboarding

3 0800-0845 1 EC1-1 Practice exercise on keyboarding

0850-0935 2 PC 001 Part 1 Perform keyboarding

0940-1025 3-6 001.01b (L) Describe extracting inform from communication instructions

1400-1535 7-8 001.01b (D/P) Demonstrate extracting information from CEOI

1540-1625 9 EC 1-2 (P) Practice exercise extracting information from CEOI

4 0800-0935 1-2 001.01c (L) Describe the process of preparing CIS reports and returns

0940-1025 3 001.01c (L) Demonstrate filling out reports

1030-1205 4-5 001.01c (L) Practice filling out reports

1300-1445 6-7 EC 1-3 (P) Practical exercise on filling out reports.

1450-1625 8-9 001.02a (L) Communicate using radio/telephone voice procedures

5 0800-1625 1-9 001.02a (L/D/P) Communicate using radio/telephone voice procedures

6 0800-1625 1-9 001.02a (L/D/P) Communicate using radio/telephone voice procedures

7 0800-1625 1-9 EC 1-4 (P) Practical exercise on communicate using voice procedures

8 0800-1025 1-3 EC 1-4 (P) Practical exercise on communicate using voice procedures

1030-1205 4-7 001.02b (L/D/P) Maintain voice communications

1450-1625 8-0 001.02c (L) Perform defensive EW procedures

9 0800-1445 1-7 001.02c (L) Perform defensive EW procedures

1450-1625 8-9 002.01a (L) Explain basic radio theory principles

10 0800-1345 1-6 002.01a (L) Explain basic radio theory principles

1400-1445 7 EC 1-6 Basic radio theory principles

1450-1625 8-9 002.01b (L) Construct field expedient antennas

B2-1/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/


11 0800-1025 1-3 002.01b (L/D) Construct field expedient antennas

1030-1625 4-9 002.01c (L/D) install mast mounted antenna systems

12 0800-1115 1-4 002.01c (L/D) Install mast mounted antenna systems

1120-1205 5 002.01d (L) Perform preventative maintenance on mast mounted antenna systems

1300-1625 6-9 EC 1-7 (P) Practical exercise on installing mast mounted antenna systems

13 0800-0845 1 EC 1-7 (P) Practical exercise on installing mast mounted antenna systems

0850-1345 2-6 PC 002 Part 1 Erect and dismantle an antenna mast

1400-1445 7 002.02a (L) Install/remove HF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment

1450-1535 8 002.02a3 (L/D) Install/remove HF vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment

1540-1625 9 002.02b (L/D) Program HF man pack receiver/transmitter equipment

14 0800-1625 1-9 002.02b (L/D) Program HF man pack receiver/transmitter equipment

15 0800-1025 1-3 002.02b (L/D/P) Program HF man pack receiver/transmitter equipment

1030-1535 4-8 002.02c (L/D/P) Maintain HF man pack receiver/transmitter and ancillary equipment

1540-1625 9 002.02d (L/D) Maintain Battery Chargers

16 0800-1115 1-4 EC 1-8 (P) Practical exercise on employ CNR HF and KY-99A

1120-1625 5-9 PC 002 Part 2 Practical on employ CNR HF and KY-99A

17 0800-1025 1-3 002.03a (L/D) Install VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

1030-1535 4-8 002.03b (L/D/P) Operate a VHF Radio System

1540-1625 9 002.03c (L/D/P) Perform operational test on VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

18 0800-0845 1 002.03d (L/D/P) Operate VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

0850-1205 2-5 002.03e (L/D) Maintain VHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

1300-1625 6-9 EC 1-9 (P) Practical exercise on employ CNR VHF radio

19 0800-1205 1-5 PC 002 Part 3 Practical on employ CNR VHF radio

1300-1625 6-9 002.04a (L/D/P) Operate control devices

20 0800-1625 1-9 002.04a (L/D/P) Operate control devices

21 0800-1445 1-7 002.04a (L/D/P) Operate control devices

1450-1625 8-9 002.04b (L/D) Install TacComm systems

22 0800-0935 1-2 002.04c (L/D/P) Interconnect communication shelters

0940-1345 3-6 EC 1-10 (P) Practical exercise on employ IRIS LAN

1400-1625 7-9 003.01a (L/D) Install UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

B2-2/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/


23 0800-0845 1 003.01a (L/D) Install UHF vehicle mounted receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

0850-1625 2-9 003.01b (L/D/P) Operate UHF Vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment

24 0800-1345 1-6 003.01b (L/D/P) Operate UHF Vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment

1400-1535 7-8 003.01c (L/D/P) Maintain UHF Vehicle mounted receive/ transmit and ancillary equipment

1540-1625 9 EC 1-11 (P) Practical exercise on Employ Tactical Communication Data System

25 0800-1025 1-3 EC 1-11 (P) Practical exercise on Employ Tactical Communication Data System

1030-1525 4-8 PC 003 Part 1 Practical employ tactical communication data system

1540-1625 9 004.01a (L/D) Install/remove tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

26 0800-1025 1-3 004.01a (L/D) Install/remove tri-band radio receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

1030-1625 4-9 004.01b (L/D/P) Operate multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

27 0800-1025 1-3 004.01b (L/D/P) Operate multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

1030-1625 4-9 004.01c (L/D/P) Maintain multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

28 0800-1025 1-3 004.01c (L/D/P) Maintain multi-band receive/transmit and ancillary equipment

1030-1445 4-7 EC 1-12 (P) Practical exercise on employ tactical communication satellite systems

1450-1625 8-9 PC 004 Part 1 Practical on employ tactical communication satellite systems

29 0800-1025 1-3 PC 004 Part 1 Practical on employ tactical communication satellite systems

1030-1115 4 005.01a (L/D/P) Install tactical Information Systems

1120-1625 5-9 005.01b (L/D/P) Use IS application software

30 0800-1625 1-9 005.01b (L/D/P) Use IS application software

31 0800-1115 1-4 005.01b (L/D/P) Use IS application software

1120-1205 5 005.01c (L/D) Operate basic baseline applications

1300-1625 6-9 EC 1-13 Practical exercise on operating a tactical information system.

32 0800-0845 1 005.02a (L) Describe network fundamentals

0850-0935 2 005.02b (L) Describe network block diagram

0940-1115 3-4 005.02c (L) Explain the process of maintaining a tactical information systems

1120-1205 5 PC 005 Part 1 Employ tactical information system

1300-1345 6 006.01a (L) Work safety precautions

1400-1445 7 006.01b (L/D/P) Install /recover tactical communication lines

1450-1535 8 006.01c (L/D/P) Terminate tactical communication cables

1540-1625 9 006.01d (L/D/P) Employ wire line equipment

B2-3/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/


33 0800-0845 1 006.01e (L) Describe characteristics of communication lines

0850-0935 2 006.01f (L/D/P) Tying knots and hitches

0940-1115 3-4 006.01g (L/D/P) Tag field cables

1120-1205 5 EC 1-14 (P) Practical exercise on testing communication lines

006.02a (L/D)) Install /remove telephone 1300-1345 6

006.02c (L/D Maintain telephone

1400-1445 7 006.02b (L/D) Operate telephone equipment

1450-1535 8 EC 1-15 (P) Practical exercise on operating a field telephone

1540-1625 9 006.03a (L/D) Maintain Tactical Cables

34 0800-0845 1 006.03b (L/D) Explain cable testing methods

0850-0935 2 006.03c (L/D) Recovering and servicing of Communication lines

0940-1345 3-6 006.03d (L/D) Splice Copper Wire

1400-1625 7-9 EC 1-16 (P) Practical exercise on maintaining a tactical line system

35 0800-0845 1 EC 1-16 (P) Practical exercise on maintaining a tactical line system

0850-1445 2-7 007.01a (L) Operate C-RCIED equipment

007.01a (L/D) Operate C-RCIED equipment 1450-1535 8

007.01b (L/D) Perform Level 1 - Operator Maintenance

1540-1625 9 007.01c (L/D/P) Perform C-RCIED equipment erase/zeroize functions

36 0800-0845 1 007.01d (L) Perform C-RCIED emergency destruction procedures

0850-1625 2-9 EC 1-16 T Theory and equipment knowledge EC

37 0800-1625 1-9 PC 007 Part 1 Theory and equipment knowledge PC.

38 0800-0845 1 008.01a (L) Explain maintaining access control

0850-0935 2 008.01b (L) Perform COMSEC measures

0940-1025 3 008.01c (L) Describe holding COMSEC material

1030-1205 4-5 008.01d (L/D/P) Perform accounting procedures for COMSEC material

1300-1345 6 008.01e (L/D/P) Perform emergency destruction procedures

1400-1625 7-9 008.02a (L/D/P) Use secure telephone equipment

39 0800-0935 1-2 008.02a (L/D/P) Use secure telephone equipment

0940-1115 3-4 008.02b (L) Operate field crypto transmission devices

1120-1625 5-9 008.02b (L/D/P) Operate field crypto transmission devices

40 0800-1625 1-9 008.02b (L/D/P) Operate field crypto transmission devices

41 0800-1205 1-5 008.02b (L/D/P) Operate field crypto transmission devices

1300-1445 6-7 008.02c (L/D/P) Maintain cryptographic devices

1450-1535 8 008.02d (L/D/P) Maintain secure telephone equipment

1540-1625 9 EC 1-18 (P) Practical exercise on COMSEC

B2-4/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/


42 0800-0845 1 EC 1-18 (P) Practical exercise on COMSEC

0850-0935 2 PC 008 Part 1 Theory evaluation on employ COMSEC system

0940-1345 3-6 PC 008 Part2 Practical on operate data transfer device

1400-1445 7 009.01a (L) Describe mapping fundamentals and map using

1450-1535 8 008.01b (L) Describe NAVSTAR GPS

1540-1625 9 008.01c (L) Describe the defence advanced global positioning system receiver

43 0800-0845 1 008.01d (L) Operate Global Positioning System (GPS)

0850-0935 2 008.01e (L) Describe the receiver set up procedures

0940-1115 3-4 008.01f (L/D/P) Describe data transfer procedures

1120-1345 5-6 008.01g (L) Describe crypto principles

1400-1445 7 008.01h (L/D/P) Perform crypto installation procedures

1450-1535 8 008.01i (L) Explain collect space vehicles

1540-1625 9 008.01j (L/D/P) Conducting waypoints

44 0800-0845 1 008.01j (L/D/P) Conducting waypoints

0850-1025 2-3 008.01k (L/D) Explain route operation

1030-1115 4 008.01l (L/D/P) Configure alerts menus

1120-1345 5-6 008.01m (L/D/P) Configure navigation menus

1400-1445 7 008.01n (L/D/P) Complete operational procedures

1450-1625 8-9 EC 1-19 T Theory evaluation on operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver

45 0800-0935 1-2 EC 1-19 T Theory evaluation on Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver

0940-1445 3-7 PC 009 Part 1 Practical on operate GPS Receiver

1450-1625 8-9 009.02a (L) Describe the situation awareness system

46 0800-0935 1-2 009.02a (L) Describe the situation awareness system

0940-1345 3-6 009.02b (L/D/P) Set-up SAM workspace

1400-1625 7-9 009.02c (L/D/P) Perform data terminal start-up and log on to system

47 0800-0845 1 009.02c (L/D/P) Perform data terminal start-up and log on to system

0850-1025 2-3 009.02d (L/D/P) Configure user control device (UCD)

1030-1115 4 009.02e (L) Describe the Cur Sit screen components

1120-1205 5 009.02f (L/D/P) Utilize the map display settings

1300-1345 6 009.02g (L/D/P) Manipulating the current situation

1400-1535 7-8 009.02h (L/D/P) Explain symbol button

1540-1625 9 009.02i (L/D/P) Configure user GIS

48 0800-0845 1 009.02k (L/D/P) Configure the position report settings

0850-1025 2-3 009.02l (L) Maintain network communications

1030-1345 4-6 009.02m (L) Describe handling messages

1400-1625 7-9 EC 1-21 Practical exercise on operating SAS

B2-5/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/


49 0800-1345 1-6 EC 1-21 Practical exercise on operating SAS

1400-1625 7-9 PC 009 Part 3 Practical operate SAS evaluation

50 0800-1345 1-6 PC 009 Part 3 Practical operate SAS evaluation

1400-1445 7 010.01a (L) Describe general safety relating to the generating unit

1450-1625 8-9 010.01b (L) Explain basic principles of electricity

51 0800-0935 1-2 010.01c (L) Explain basic concepts of AC

0940-1025 3 010.01d (L) Explain basic concepts of DC

1030-1205 4-5 010.01e (L) Explain Sources of Electricity

1300-1345 6 010.01f (L) Install and Remove Grounding Systems

1400-1625 7-9 010.01g (L) Explain Generator Characteristics

52 0800-0935 1-2 010.01h (L/D) Explain preparation method for using generator

0940-1115 3-4 010.01i (L/D) Operate power generating units

1120-1205 5 010.01j (L) Explain operation under emergency conditions

1300-1345 6 010.01k (L/D/P) Perform operator maintenance on power generating units

1400-1625 7-9 EC 1-23 (P) Practical exercise on operating power generating unit

53 0800-1205 1-5 EC 1-23 (P) Practical exercise on operating power generating unit

1300-1625 6-9 PC 010 Part 1 Operating power generating unit

54 0800-1205 1-5 PC 010 Part 1 Operating power generating unit

1300-1345 6 010.02a (L/D) Hand Tool Safety

1400-1625 7-9 010.02b (L/D/P) Prepare communication vehicle and equipment

55 0800-1625 1-9 010.02b (L/D/P) Prepare communication vehicle and equipment

56 0800-1115 1-4 010.02b (L/D/P) Prepare communication vehicle and equipment

1120-1525 5-8 010.02c (L/D/P) Site communications Detachment

1540-1625 9 010.02d (L)/P Deploy communications vehicle and equipment

57 0800-0845 1 010.02d (L)/P Deploy communciations vehicle and equipment

010.02e (L) Describe components of an IED 0850-0935 2

010.02f (L) Describe types of IEDs

0940-1025 3 010.02g (L) Describe enemy IED TTP

1030-1345 4-6 010.02h (L) Describe C-IED convoy drills

1400-1625 7-9 EC 1-24 Deploy a Communication Information System (CIS) Detachment

58 0800-1625 1-9 EC 1-24 Deploy a Communication Information System (CIS) Detachment

59 0800-1345 1-6 EC 1-24 Deploy a Communication Information System (CIS) Detachment

1400-1535 7-8 Adm CF Express Test

1540-1625 9 Adm Bi-weekly stds crse critique

B2-6/7

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


B2-7/7

DAY/ JOUR

TIME/ TEMPS

PD PO/EO OREN/


60 0800-1625 1-9 FTX ACISS DP1 Exercise












72 0800-1205 1-5 Adm Bi-weekly stds crse critique

1300-1625 6-9 Adm Bi-weekly Sqn Comd

73 0800-0935 1-2 Adm Bi-weekly Squadron Commander Comd

0940-1445 3-7 Adm Warrior Skills Maintenance

1450-1625 8-9 Adm BFT Training and Test

74 0800-1625 1-9 Adm BFT Training and Test

75 0800-0115 1-4 Adm Course Reports/Parades

1120-1205 5 Adm Outclearance

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE C

ACISS-DP1 EXERCISE

1. Aim. The aim of the ACISS training exercise is to confirm the practical instruction, application, knowledge, and skill set. The following PCs will be administered:

1.

a. PC 001.02 (Voice Procedure); a.

b. PC 002.04 (Employ Iris LAN); b.

c. PC 006.01 (Employ Tactical Line System); c.

d. PC 009.01 (Operate Positional Awareness System);

d.

e. PC 010.01 (Operate Power Generating Unit); and e.

f. PC 010.02 (Deploy CIS Detachment). f.

2. Description. This field training exercise is designed to confirm many of the practical skill sets and knowledge requirements of ACISS DP1 in a field environment. The ACISS DP1 student will demonstrate all knowledge and skill sets taught during day or night, under any weather and tactical conditions within a contemporary operating environment. The students will be expected to perform the following duties:

2.

a. perform CP system support duties; a.

b. employ TacComm voice systems; b.

c. employ C-RCIED system; c.

d. employ TacLine systems; d.

e. employ COMSEC system; e.

f. employ positional awareness system; and f.

g. deploy a CIS detachment. g.

3. Standard. The exercise will be used to assess students in the role of a ACISS DP1 within a contemporary operating environment.

3.

4. Resource Requirements. TBD. 4.

5. Time. Exercise is a 12 day exercise. 5.

6. Method/Approach. Students will fufill the various positions of a CIS Detachment.

6.

7. Substantiation. To allow the students the opportunity to employ the new skill sets learned within a contemporary operating environment.

7.

8. Evaluation. Students will be evalutated using the ACISS DP1 as per checklist in Annex D.

8.

C-1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE C

C-2/2

9. Note to Instructor. Nil. 9.

10. Outline Schedule 10.

D-4.....Sign for Detachment’s and field stores

D-3.....Conduct detachment drills ECs and PCs to include: SAS/Generator/Line/Iris LAN

D........Move to ____________________, establish simulated deployed camp, review TOETs, and camp set-up

D+1....Conduct review expectations for ACISS DP1 Exercise to include: VP/Deploy CIS Detachment.

D+2....Exercise continues

D+3....Exercise continues

D+4 ...Exercise continues

D+5 ...Exercise ends, camp teardown and pack up, move back to CFSCE

D+6 ...Exercise Post Exercise drills

D+7 ...Exercise Post Exercise drills

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE D

CHECKLISTS / LISTE DE CONTRÔLE

Appendix 1................. PC 001 Part 1 - Perform Keyboarding Skill ................................................................D1-1/?

Appendix 2................. PC 001 Part 2 - Communicate Using Radio/Telephone Voice Procedures ...............D2-1/?

Appendix 3................. PC 002 Part 1 - Erect and Dismantle an Antenna Mast.............................................D3-1/?

Appendix 4................. PC 002 Part 2 - Employ CNR (HF) and& KY-99A......................................................D4-1/?

Appendix 5................. PC 002 Part 3 - Employ CNR VHF Radio ..................................................................D5-1/?

Appendix 6................. PC 002 Part 4 - Employ IRIS LAN..............................................................................D6-1/?

Appendix 7................. PC 003 - Employ Tactical Communication Data System...........................................D7-1/?

Appendix 8................. PC 004 - Employ Tactical Communication Satellite System......................................D8-1/?

Appendix 9................. PC 005 - Employ Tactical Information Systems.........................................................D9-1/?

Appendix 10 .............. PC 006 - Employ Tactical Line Systems ..................................................................D10-1/?

Appendix 11 .............. PC 007 - Employ C-RCIED System .........................................................................D11-1/?

Appendix 12 .............. PC 008 Part 1 - Employ COMSEC System..............................................................D12-1/?

Appendix 13 .............. PC 008 Part 2 - Operate Data Transfer Device .......................................................D13-1/?

Appendix 14 .............. PC 009 Part 1 - Operate Global Positioning System (GPS) Receiver .....................D14-1/?

Appendix 15 .............. PC 009 Part 2 - Operate SAM..................................................................................D15-2/?

Appendix 16 .............. PC 009 Part 3 - Operate SAS ..................................................................................D16-1/?

Appendix 17 .............. PC 010 Part 1 - Operate Power Generating Units ...................................................D17-1/?

Appendix 18 .............. PC 010 Part 2 - Deploy a Communication Information System (CIS) Detachment..............................................................................................................D18-1/?

D-1/1

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

APPENDIX/APPENDICE 1 ANNEX/ANNEXE D

PC 001 PART 1

PERFORM KEYBOARDING SKILL

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF

1. Exam administrators are to be familiar with the instructions given to students.

2. Students will require a computer with access to Word software application.

3. Ensure equipment to be used is serviceable.

4. This PC is a practical assessment of the student’s ability to type 15 words per minute accurately.

5. CFSCE Standards is responsible to develop and issue the PC to the instructional staff.

6. No assistance will be given. Only questions pertaining to any ambiguity in a specific task will be answered.

7. Following the PC the Test Administrator will debrief each candidate on his/her performance.

8. Close supervision of candidates during this PC.

9. Completed Test Administrator Checklists will be held in the candidate's file in a secure cabinet.

DIRECTIONS TO STUDENTS

1. Students are required to type 15 words per minute accurately.

D1-1/1

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 001 PART 2

COMMUNICATE USING RADIO/TELEPHONE VOICE PROCEDURES

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF


1.

2. Brief candidates one day prior to the PC and ensure they understand the "Instructions to Students”

2.

3. Ensure equipment to be used is serviceable. 3.

4. PC 001 shall be a practical assessment of the trainee’s ability to perform command post system support duties.

4.

5. No assistance will be given. Only questions pertaining to ambiguity in a specific task will be answered.

5.

6. Students will be evaluated during a 6 hour radio shift. 6.


7.

8. This PC will be conducted during the field exercise. 8.


9.

10. Close supervision of candidates during this PC. 10.


11.

MARKING GUIDE

12. The PC will include the following: 12.

a. extract information from CEOIs and net plans; a.

b. maintain communication logs; b.

c. maintain communication circuit diagrams; c.

d. adhere to Unit SOP; d.

e. establishing a net; e.

f. use of full and abbreviated call signs; f.

g. transmission during poor conditions; g.

h. relay a message; h.

i. read back a message; i.

j. synchronizing time over the net; j.

k. proper use of nicknames and codeword; k.

l. radio silence (impose and lift); l.

m. recite a long message; m.

n. arranging a radiotelephone conversation; n.

o. joining a previously established net; and o.

p. reports and returns. p.

D2-1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



1. Review CFTOs, handouts, notes and reference manuals on all equipment and radio procedures.

1.

2. PC 001 shall be a practical assessment of the trainee’s ability to perform command post system support duties.

2.

3. This PC shall be graded IAW the marking guide provided by CFSCE Standards.

3.

4. Students will be evaluated during a 6 hour radio shift.

4.

5. Failure to comply with any security issue will result in an immediate failure of this PO.

5.

6. You are allowed to use the applicable CFTO and Handouts.

6.

7. Test format for PC will include the following: 7.

a. extract information from CEOIs and net plans; a.

b. maintain communication logs; b.

c. maintain communication circuit diagrams; c.

d. adhere to Unit SOP; d.

e. establishing a net; e.

f. use of full and abbreviated call signs; f.

g. transmission during poor conditions; g.

h. relay a message; h.

i. read back a message; i.

j. synchronizing time over the net; j.

k. proper use of nicknames and codeword; k.

l. radio silence (impose and lift); l.

m. recite a long message; m.

n. arranging a radiotelephone conversation; n.

o. Joining a Previously established Net; and o.

p. Reports and returns. p.

Are there any questions?

D2-2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 001 PART 2 CHECKLIST

Student Names C/S

PROCEDURES PROCÉDURES ART # OP # A1

Establish a net Mise en svc d'un rés 305

C/S and Z and N I/A et Z and N 403.404

Net discipline - Free and Directed Net

Discipline de rés - Libre and dirigé

302, 307

Prelim call - Offering a msg Appel prélim - Offrir un msg 309

Tx msg during poor conditions - Words twice

Tx un msg - cond diff - Mots 2 fois

311

Relay a msg Relais 312

Repetition Répétition 313

Corrections during tx Correction pendant la Tx 315

Cancelling a msg Annulation d'un msg 316

Appointment titles Appellations conventionnelles 514

Read back a msg Collationnement 318

Ack of a msg Aperçu 320

Verifications Vérifications 321

Phonetic alphabet, punctuation. Spelling

Alphabet phonétique, ponctuation. Épeler

105

Time check Sig Hor 501

COMSEC/TRANSEC SECOM/SECTRANS 102

Assuming andDelegating Con Assumer and déléger la direction du rés

503

Nicknames and Codewords Noms conventionnels and Mots codes

505.506

Impose, break and lift Rad Sil Imposer, rompre and annuler sil rad

508.509

RRB Procedure Procédures PRA 512

Long msg Long msg 513

Arrange Rad Tel Conversation Établir conv rad tél 515

Joining Prev Est Net Joindre un rés en activité 516

D2-3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D2-4/4

PROCEDURES PROCÉDURES ART # OP # A1

Reports and Returns Rapports and comptes rendus 517

Net diagram Diagramme de résesu

Log Book Cahier de veille 103

LEGEND : LÉGENDE:

Unacceptable - 0 Good - 6 Excellent - 10

Inacceptable - 0 Bon - 6 Excellent - 10

A comment must be inserted when the score is less than Excellent

Un commentaire doit être inséré si le pointage est moin que Excellent

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 002 PART 1

ERECT AND DISMANTLE AN ANTENNA MAST

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF


1.

2. Brief candidates one day prior to the PC and ensure they understand the "Instructions to Students”.

2.


4. This PC 002 Part 1shall be a practical assessment of safely erect and dismantle an antenna mast.

4.


5.

6. There will be two members in a group that is required to erect and dismantle an antenna mast.

6.

7. The group will have 20 minutes for each portion to complete this PC. unable to complete any of the portions within the 20 minute timeframe constitutes a failure.

7.


8.

9. Any safety infractions will be treated as FAIL. 9.

10. Helmet is worn through out the setup. 10.

11. Safety goggles are worn when hammering. 11.

12. Safety gloves are worn for metal on metal and will be worn while raising the mast when temperature is below freezing mark.

12.


13.



15.

D3-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



1. Review CFTOs, handouts, notes and reference manuals on all equipment.

1.


2.

3. This PC shall be a practical assessment of safely erect and dismantle an antenna mast.

3.

4. There will be two members in a group that is required to erect and dismantle an antenna mast.

4.

5. The group will have 20 minutes for each portion to complete this PC. Unable to complete any of the portions within the 20 minute timeframe constitutes a failure.

5.

6. Any safety infractions will be treated as FAIL. 6.

7. Helmet is worn through out the setup. 7.

8. Safety goggles are worn when hammering. and 8.

9. Safety gloves are worn for metal on metal and will be worn while raising the mast when temperature is below freezing mark.

9.

D3-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D3-3/3


Name/ Nom

Course/Cours

Date

P = Pass/Réussite F = Fail/Échec

STUDENT/ STAGIAIRE 1 2

P/F P/F

Safety / Sécurité

Looks up to check overhead clearance is safe and suitable; (Critical failure)

Vérifié si l'endroit est dégagé et sécuritaire (Point Critique)

Confirms electrical hazards not in area (height of mast and antenna X 2 = safe distance); (Critical failure)

Confirmé qu'il n' y a aucun danger électrique (Antenne et mât X 2 = distance sécuritaire) (Point Critique)

Assembling Mast and Ant. (Safely) Ériger le mât et GPA. (Sécuritairement)

Puts on Helmet and goggles; (Critical failure) Porté son casque de Kevlar et lunette de sécurité (Point Critique)

Puts on safety gloves; Porté des gants de sécurité

Mast properly secured to the base plate via the locking pin; (Critical failure)

Le mât est insérer sur la base avec la goupille de sécuriter (Point Critique)

Safely Dismantles Mast with GPA to include: Démonter le mât et le GPA sécuritairement incluant:

Proper technique to lower mast. Abaissé le mât sous contrôle.

P / F

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 002 PART 2

EMPLOY CNR (HF) & KY-99A

DIRECTION TO STAFF




4. This PC is a practical assessment of your ability to configure and operate the Combat Net Radio (CNR) High Frequency (HF) and KY-99A.



7. Students will have 20 minutes to complete all task associated with the PC.




D4-1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DIRECTION TO STUDENTS

1. Review CFTO's, handouts, notes and reference manuals on all equipment.


3. In order to pass this PC you must successfully configure and operate the Combat Net Radio (High Frequency).

4. You will be assessed on performing configuration and operator procedures on the Combat Net Radio (High Frequency).

5. You are allowed to use the applicable CFTO and Handouts.

6. You have 20 minutes to complete this PC.

7. Are there any questions?

D4-2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 002 PART 2

OPERATE COMBAT NET RADIO (HIGH FREQUENCY) (CNR (HF) AND KY-99A)

Version 002.02.A. Approved by ACISS Standards. Dated 30 Jun 10.

Trainee/

Examiner/

Course/ Cours

Date

PART 1 - AN/PRC 138(V) 3

ACTIONS POINTS SCORE

Assembly/Disassembly

1. The student will safely assemble the AN/PRC 138(V) 3 and ensure equipment is grounded. * Failure to show instructor radio is in the OFF position prior to installing batteries and connecting ground to radio will constitute a Critical Fail.

10

SSB OPERATION. THE STUDENT SHALL:

2. Place radio power on “low.” 1

3. Conduct pre operation testing to include: 10

a. Operator-initiated BIT; and

b. Verify bty status.

4. Enter password “24458300” 2

5. Program the scratchpad frequency and adjust SQ Level. (From LED).

5

6. Conduct transceiver test (radio check) 5

7. Manually program 3 channels to include: 20

a. RX frequency (1);

b. TX frequency (1);

c. Mode (1);

d. IF Band (1); and

e. RX Only (1).

8. Select a pre-set channel (above channel 9) 2

9. Disassemble AN/PRC 138 (V) 3 5

TOTAL 60

D4-3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D4-4/4

PART 1 - KY-99A

ACTIONS POINTS SCORE

1. Install KY-99A components: 10

a. Set the KY-99A and AN/PRC 138 to “off” (2);

b. Remove handset from AN/PRC 138 and place it on the KY-99A; (2)

c. Hook up SWE-3 cable; (2)

d. Turn on KY-99 first then the AN/PRC 138; (2) and

e. Go to test position on AN/PRC 138. (2)

2. Load correct keying material. 5

3. Verify keys using “alarm test.” 3

4. Conduct user test. 3

5. Demonstrate how to delete a single key. 3

6. Demonstrate “key update” feature. 3

7. Ensure the KY-99A internal modem settings are correct.

5

8. Switch to secure operations: 5

a. Switch to cipher text;

b. Demonstrate “PTP” operation;

c. Lock in to HF; and

d. Perform Radio check with one station.

9. Zeroize the KY-99A. Critical Fail 3

TOTAL 40

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 002 PART 3

EMPLOY CNR VHF RADIO

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC is a practical assessment of the student’s ability to operate the CNR VHF radio.

5. CFSCE Standards is responsible to develop and issue the performance check to the instructional staff.

6. No assistance will be given. Only questions pertaining to any ambiguity in a specific task will be answered. and

7. Trainee has 20 minutes, to complete all aspects of this PC and must obtain a minimum of 60% to pass this PC.




D5-1/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DIRECTIONS TO STUDENTS:



3. In order to pass this PC you must successfully configure and operate the VHF Radio Set.

4. You will be assessed on performing configuration and operator procedures on the VHF Radio Set.


6. You have 20 minutes to complete all aspects of this PC and must obtain a minimum of 60% to pass this PC.


D5-2/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


EO 002.03

OPERATE THE RT-5121/U (CNR(P))

Candidate/

Course/Cours

Examiner/

Date

Score/

HPS POINTS

1. Inspect the AN/PRC 522 prior to operation to include:

a. RT-5121 1

b. Headset-Microphone and Handset 1

c. 1.2m and 2.4m Antennae 1

d. Batteries / Battery Box 1

e. Harness assembly 1

2. Assemble the AN/PRC 522 to include:

a. *ensure that the transceiver ON/OFF switch is set to OFF position and connect batteries

5*

b. secure the transceiver with attached battery into the harness

1

c. connect the headset-microphone and handset

1

d. connect the 2.4m antenna 1

e. ensure dust covers on all unused connectors

1

f. carry out a power-up test 1

3. Perform transceiver Status test (1) and explain display (2)

5

4. Perform the Operator-initiated Built-In Test

5

5. Manually program the radio to include:

a. TOD to include : 5

(1) Select NTX (1),

(2) Change TOD (1),

(3) Return radio setting to low power, FXS(1)

b. Channels: program manual channel and preset freqs

5

D5-3/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


HPS POINTS

c. Hopping to include : 10

(1) Program Hailing Freq (2)

(2) Program Interleave on or off (2)

(3) Program Signalling Number (2)

(4) Program type of hopping (2)

(5) Program hopping freqs (2)

6. Manual COMSEC and TRANSEC loading procedures to include :

a. Set CRYPTO switch to LD 2

b. Set ON/OFF switch to CSEC, TSEC, or UNQ depending on the key to be loaded. Select the correct channel number

2

c. Turn on the DTD, select the key to be loaded and connect the fill cable from DTD to radio

2

d. Press the PTT switch when prompted 2

e. When loading is complete, set DTD to OFF and remove fill cable

2

7. Verify Tags for the COMSEC/TRANSEC keys:

5

8. Hopping operation to include: Select Master or Slave

5

9. Install RRB to include:

a. Connect the link cable 2

b. At the RRB station push the RRB key (r) 2

c. Direct other station to select time delay (d) 2

d. Set the proper freqs on radios (1) and identify minimum required frequency separation

2

e. Establish communications 2

10. Selective Zeroing:

a. Channel – Zero one key in a single channel

3

b. TC – Zero all TEK and TSK keys 3

c. HSET – Zero a frequency in a single channel

3

d. ZKEYS – Zero all remaining keys using Z Keys

2

e. CHK – Zero all remaining frequencies using CHK

3

D5-4/5

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D5-5/5

HPS POINTS

11. Disassemble Manpack AN/PRC 522 to include:

a. *Ensure the ON/OFF switch is OFF 5*

b. Disconnect the antenna 1

c. Disconnect the headset-microphone 1

d. Remove radio from harness 1

e. Remove spare battery from harness 1

f. Disconnect battery 1

g. Replace covers on all connectors 1

TOTAL SCORE 100

REMARKS:

1. The critical factors are indicated with an *. Failure to complete a Critical Factor is considered a PC failure

2. No partial points will be given, it’s all or nothing.

COMMENTS/COMMENTAIRES

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 002 PART 4

EMPLOY IRIS LAN

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF



3. Ensure the serviceability of the LAN prior to conducting the PC.

4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully configure and operate the IRIS LAN.


6. Each candidate will be supplied with a CEOI or specifics required to construct the radio net during the PC.


8. Close supervision of candidates during this PC is required. Assistance will be denied other than clarifying any questions pertinent to conducting the PC.


10. Vehicles will be connected prior to PC. however the student will be assessed on verifying correct configuration and vehicle connection.

D6-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


INSTRUCTIONS TO STUDENTS



3. In order to pass this PC you must successfully configure and operate the IRIS LAN.

4. You will be assessed on performing configuration and operating procedures on the IRIS LAN.

5. You are allowed to use the applicable references and handouts.

6. You will have 20 minutes to complete the PC.


D6-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D6-3/3


POINTS SCORE

1. Identifying all LAN equipment 2

2. Explain CI advisory messages (service and information indications)

2

3. Terminal options 2

4. Verify all systems are operational (radios, telephones and Crew IC)

3

5. Configure master options/ terminal user access to include: radio access, telephone access, audio port H1 & H2, earphone settings and attack alarms.

5

6. Program control A radio ( Net ID, Pwr Lvl, NET Type and Preset.)

4

7. Program control B radio ( Net ID, Pwr Lvl, NET Type and Preset.)

4

8. Configure radio A and B hot keys 2

9. Save volume 1

10. Telephone services (affil, register compressed numbers, de-affil)

3

11. Making a basic telephone call 2

12. Answering a basic telephone call 2

13. Complete a call transfer 2

14. Using call hold and forward a call

2

15. Install and configure for speaker (user 2)

2

16. Deploy a remote kit and configure Hot key A

2

TOTAL /40

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 003

EMPLOY TACTICAL COMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC is a practical assessment of the student’s ability to configure and operate the CNR UHF radio.

5. This PC shall be graded IAW the attached Performance Checklist.

6. CFSCE Standards will develop the PC and issue the PC to the instructional staff prior to the PC.


8. Upon completion of Crypto load by all candidates, instructor will perform TMI to ensure that all radios join the net.

9. Students will have 20 minutes to complete all task associated with the PC.




D7-1/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be graded IAW the marking guide provided by CFSCE Standards

3. In order to pass this PC you must successfully configure and operate the UHF Radio Set.

4. You will be assessed on performing configuration and operator procedures on the UHF Radio Set.

5. You are allowed to use the applicable CFTO and handouts.



D7-2/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 003 CHECKLIST

CANDIDATE CHECK SHEET

Name/Nom:

PERFORMANCE: Configure and operate the MCR Set

Twelve students will perform the PC concurrently

NO PERFORMANCE OBSERVATION

Configure the Radio Set using the VURO 1

Configure as per attached Operator’s Cutsheet

Enter frequencies into the Radio Set using the Frequency Mapping Tool 2

Frequencies as per attached list

3 Perform Radio Set crypto fill

INFORM INSTRUCTOR WHEN COMPLETED

4 Join Net

D7-3/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


OPERATORS CUTSHEET

TASK / PROMPT ENTRY

Role Name: Student (Position #):

1 Verify: Power, Antenna, VURO, FMT, Host Data Terminal and Cable

Keep Alive Battery

2 ZEROIZE Radio Set

3 Set RADIONAME = (A#######) Student Position

MOD MSG MESSAGE DESCRIPTOR

QUAL ZONE EAST/BRG NORTH/RNG

4 Set CHANNEL SET to (C = 5, 6, or 8) 8

Set GUARD CHANNEL to (G = 0 → 7) 2



5 Set EPLRS Network Community ID to (n = A → G) A

Set Timeslot Lgth to (TS = 2 (2ms) or 4G (4msGnd) 4G



6 Enter IP ADDRESS and NET MASK Radio Name x 8 + 2



D7-4/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


OPERATORS CUTSHEET

TASK / PROMPT ENTRY

Role Name: Student (Position #):

7 Set RADIO TYPE



8 Enter FREQUENCIES

Frequency Set Name EPLRS PC

Frequencies CH3 295.250 MHz Active

CH7 400.500 mhZ Active

9 Load CRYPTO

Turn on CYZ-10 ( LOCK LTR setting)

Select XMIT → EPLRS → RS

Enter MILID: = → Any Char accepted

Select Keys(s) to send: Both TEK IKEK Both

Enter DIV ID (A → G) A

Enter Segment # 1 or 2

Send Next Week TEK also? No

Select IKEK Class Secret

Connect ANCD to RS <ENTER>

Press LOAD SWITCH on RS (Click load switch on RS, then press ENTER)

Press LOAD SWITCH on RS again (Click load switch on RS, then press ENTER)

Disconnect CYZ-10 before entering commands on EPLRS URO

Alarm light goes out. RS should return:

@S NOTICE or TEST OK (if not, go to step 1)

IP ADDRESS (HEX/DEC) C0A801XX 192.168.1.XXX X XX = Radio Name x 8 + 2

NET MASK (HEX/DEC) FFFFFFF8 255.255.255.248

ACTIVE NEEDLINES 05, 06, 07

D7-5/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D7-6/6

COURS NO COURSE NAME

DATE SN RANK NAME

SECTION 1

FIRST ATTEMPT ( )

Start Time End Time

Configure the MCR Pass Fail

Operate the MCR Pass Fail

SECOND ATTEMPT ( )

Start Time End Time

Configure the MCR Pass Fail

Operate the MCR Pass Fail

Name of Administrator Date

SECTION 2

CRITICAL CRITERIA

PERFORMANCE P/F COMMENTS

CONFIGURE THE MCR

Configure using the VURO Log In to data terminal Open EPLRS VURO

Configure the operating parameters as per Operator CutSheet Radio Name Guard Channel Channel Set Time Slot Length Community/Division ID IP Address Radio Type Sub-Net Mask

Enter Frequencies as per CEOI Open Frequency Mapping Tool FQ Set Name Field Get Ch Set Field Enter Frequencies as per CEOI Edit FQ Set Name Field in as per CEOI Save Send frequencies to RS Get RS FQs

Load Crypto Keys Load Crypto using the DTD

Join Net Radio to successfully join the net

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 004

EMPLOY TACTICAL COMMUNICATION SATELLITE SYSTEMS

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF


1.


2.


4. This PC is a practical assessment of the student’s ability to configure and operate the Multi Band Radio Set.

4.


5.


6.


7.

8. Students will have 20 minutes to complete all task associated with the performance check.

8.



10.

D8-1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


DIRECTIONS TO STUDENTS:


1.


2.

3. In order to pass this PC you must successfully configure and operate the Multi Band Radio Set.

3.

4. You will be assessed on performing configuration and operator procedures on the Multi Band Radio Set.

4.


5.

6. You will have 20 minutes to complete the PC. 6.

7. Are there any questions? 7.

D8-2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 004 CHECKLIST

Candidate: Course:

Examiner: Date: Mark:

HPS POINTS

1. Inspect the AN/PRC 117 for operation to include:

5

a. RT-1796 1

b. Headset-Microphone and/or Handset

1

c. VHF and VHF/UHF Antennae 1

d. Batteries/battery box 1

e. Remote Control Cable 1

2. Assemble the AN/PRC 117 to include: 10

a. * make sure that the transceiver ON/OFF switch is set to OFF position and connect the batteries

5*

b. connect handset to J1 connector 1

c. connect the proper antenna 1

d. remove KDU and connect remote control cable

1

e. ensure dust covers on all unused connectors

1

f. turn power ON 1

3. Perform Built-In test 3

4. Perform Battery test 3

a. Select proper battery setting on main display

1

b. Perform battery test 2

5. Load crypto for LOS and SATCOM 5

a. select proper TEK 2

b. load TEK into radio 3

D8-3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D8-4/4

HPS POINTS

6. Program LOS Net 7. 8. 5 9.

a. program Rx and Tx frequencies 2

b. assign proper TEK to net 1

c. proper power level 1

d. proper squelch setting 1

10. Program SATCOM Net 5

a. program frequency code 2

b. assign proper TEK to net 1

c. proper power level 1

d. proper squelch setting 1

11. Selective Zeroizing : 4

a. Black data 2

b. Red data 2

12. Disassemble AN/PRC 117 to include: 10

a. * ensure the ON/OFF switch is at OFF

5*

b. disconnect the antenna 1

c. disconnect the headset-microphone 1

d. disconnect battery 1

e. replace cover on all connectors 1

f. place radio in CLR for storage 1

Total 50

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 005

EMPLOY TACTICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF


2. Students will require a computer with access to the DWAN and having access to word or excel software application

3. Students are not permitted the use of reference material, diagrams or equipment manuals during the examination.

4. Students will be denied any assistance from instructional staff and/or examination administrator except to clarify or interpret a question and/or answer.

5. Ensure that all students read and fully understand the instructions to students before the commencement of the exam.

6. The checklist and theory performance check for this PC will be held by CFSCE ACISS Standards.

7. Instructors must create theory questions on relevant theory in PO 005. TPWB recommends pulling from the following areas:

a. open system interconnection (OSI) model;

b. network address:

(1) DNS basic overview,

(2) IP basic overview, and

(3) TCP basic overview;

c. network block diagram; and

d. overview of battle field voice and data connectivity and roles

8. Questions will be embedded in a Word or Excel document which Students will be required to open, complete all assign tasks, and re-save the file according to directions designated by CFSCE Standards or Instructional staff.

9. Open Outlook and attach the file name with the theory questions to an email and send it to CFSCE Standards.

Test Format: 10 question, multiple-choice exam imbedded in practical exam

Time Limit: 45 minutes

Pass Mark: 60%

D9-1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D9-2/2


1. Complete the top of the answer sheet correctly.

2. Students are required to answer 10 questions embedded in a Word or Excel document, rename the file according to the instruction from the instructional staff and then send the questions to CFSCE Standards through Outlook as an attachment.

3. Ensure that you understand the instructions from the CFSCE Instructional staff or Standards prior to starting the performance check.

4. Access to reference material, diagrams, and equipment manuals is not permitted.

5. No talking is permitted during the examination.

6. You may seek assistance from the examination administrator only to clarify the meaning of a question or its associated answers.

7. You are not permitted to leave the examination classroom once you have started the exam. Should you leave you will not be permitted to continue with the examination.

8. Upon completion of the exam, students will wait in the canteen or smoking area for further instruction from instructional staff.

Test Format: 10 question, multiple-choice exam

Time Limit: 45 minutes

Pass Mark: 60%

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 006

EMPLOY TACTICAL LINE SYSTEMS

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC is a practical assessment of the student’s ability to install/remove, test/maintain and recover line communications in a tactical field environment.

5. The PC for PO 006 will be conducted during the Field Exercise.

6. Each detachment will successfully lay a minimum of one (1) internal line terminated, tested and picked up during the field exercise.

7. The events of the exercise will be closely planned and synchronized to ensure that all required evaluations are properly conducted within an overreaching scenario.





D10-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. The PC for PO 006 will be conducted during the Field Exercise. It will be used to access the student’s ability to install/remove, test/maintain and recover line communications in a tactical field environment.


4. The events of the exercise will be closely planned and synchronized to ensure that all required evaluations are properly conducted within an overreaching scenario.

5. Each detachment will successfully lay a minimum of one (1) internal line, terminated, tested and picked up during the exercise. and

6. The only critical requirement in this PC is to have an operational line communication link.

D10-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D10-3/3

PC 006 Checklist

MARK POINTS

1. RECCE line to be installed. (map, road); 1

2. Function test on tactical line system; 2

3. Tag cable; 1

4. Prepare cable ends; 2

5. Prepare RA 2000 for use; 3

6. Sufficient amount of tie backs; 2

7. Line laid properly; 2

8. Proper use of time. (i.e. concurrent activities);

2

9. Test cable to ensure it works; 2

10. Perform Line patrols ensuring cable serviceability, security of construction and condition of the cables.

2

11. Perform fault finding on previously installed cables.

1

TOTAL /20

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 007 -

EMPLOY C-RCIED SYSTEM

DIRECTION TO STAFF:


2. Brief candidates one day prior to the Performance Check and ensure they understand the "Instructions to Students”.


4. This Performance Check is a practical assessment of the student’s ability to safely operate and Zeroize the C-RCIED equipment and explain the Emergency Destruction procedure.

5. The student must be prepared to be tested on either the MCM or PCM.

6. This Performance Check shall be graded IAW the attached Performance Checklist.

7. Instructional staff must cease all activities immediately when safety is compromised.


9. Close supervision of candidates during this Performance Check.

10. Following the Performance Check the Test Administrator will debrief each candidate on his/her performance.

11. Completed Test Administrator Check Lists will be held in the candidate's file in a secure cabinet.

D11-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01



1. This is a PASS/FAIL practical PC on the operation of C-RCIED equipment;

2. You must satisfy the following critical requirements for this PC:

a. Observe safety at all times;

b. Successfully complete within time limit given.

3. The PC will be stopped IMMEDIATELY should safety become compromised.

4. You will have a maximum of fifteen (15) minutes to complete the check.

5. All critical items on checklist must be checked “YES” to pass

6. You may use your personal reference material and

7. Following the briefing, you will be debriefed on your performance and sign the checklist.

D11-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D11-3/3

PC 007 CHECKLIST

MOBILE COUNTER MEASURE (MCM) # ASSESSMENT ITEM CRITICAL PASS FAIL REMARKS

1. Distance. (MEL Distance) Yes When prompted by the instructor, the student "shall" state the RF safety associated with the use of the MCM.

2. Exposure time. Yes When prompted by the instructor, the student "shall" specify the precautions that must be taken to counter the risk of RADHAZ.

3. Electrical. Yes When prompted by the instructor, the student “shall” state the risk of electrical shock from the power supply and cabling as a result of high currents that this equipments draws.

OPERATION OF C-RCIED EQUIPMENT

4. a. Power On/ Power Off MCM Yes The student will demonstrate the operation of the MCM or PCM by powering the equipment on/off.

b. Power On/ Power Off PCM

ERASE/ZEROIZE C-RCIED EQUIPMENT

5. Explain erase/zeroize of C-RCIED equipment Yes The student will demonstrate the correct procedure for zeroizing C-RCIED equipment.

PERFORM EMERGENCY DESTRUCTION

6. Explain emergency destruction procedures Yes When prompted by the instructor, the student will have to explain the 2 levels of emergency destruction procedures.

Student Name: Date:

Student Signature Instructor Signature

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 008 PART 1

EMPLOY COMSEC SYSTEM

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF



3. This PC is a theory assessment of the student’s knowledge of following topics:

a. the rules and procedures used to maintain physical and communications security (COMSEC) standards. and.

b. the regulations and procedures used for safeguarding the security of cryptographic material and systems, and the information passed on these systems.


5. Questions to be generated by ACISS Standards based on material taught in PO 008, (TPWB has recommended 10 questions be generated for the theory PC but the final decision will be up to CFSCE Standards).


7. Students will have 45 minutes to complete theory PC.

8. The trainee must achieve a mark of not less than 60% to pass this theory PC.

9. Following the PC the Test Administrator will debrief class on the theory PC.


11. The answer sheet will be held in the candidate's file in a secure cabinet.

D12-1/2

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D12-2/2




3. This PC is a theory assessment of the student’s knowledge of following topics:

a. the rules and procedures used to maintain physical and communications security (COMSEC)standards; and

b. the regulations and procedures used for safe-guarding the security of cryptographic material and systems, and the information passed on these systems.

4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully achieve a mark of not less than 60%;

5. You are not allowed to use references.



A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 008 PART 2

OPERATE DATA TRANSFER DEVICE

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC shall be a practical assessment of the trainees’ ability to operate the AN/CYZ-10/10A




8. Trainees have 20 min to complete the practical PC.


10. Close supervision of candidates during this Performance Check.


D13-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be a practical assessment of your ability to operate the AN/CYZ-10/10A.


4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully operate data transfer device according to the PC checklist.

5. No assistance shall be given. Only questions pertaining to clarity of the task will be answered.




D13-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D13-3/3

AN/CYZ-10 (DTD) 1

PC CHECKLIST MARK POINTS

1. Inscribe your rank and name in the Home Address. Use Both Lines (show instructor)

10

2. Display the Comm Mode. (show instructor)

10

3. View the Audit Trail. (show instructor) 10

4. Program DTD to open in Main Menu. (Turn it off and give it to instructor)

10

5. Program DTD to open on Iris. (Turn it off and give it to instructor)

10

6. View choices of Languages. (show instructor)

10

7. Delete a key. Check that it is deleted (Training Establishment to provide a trg key to delete) (show instructor)

10

8. Transfer a key from one DTD to another. Check to verify receipt. (show instructor)

10

9. Display time and date. Set if necessary. (show instructor)

10

10. Demonstrate how to zeroize the DTD. (Do not do it)

10

TOTAL /100

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 009 PART 1

OPERATE GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS) RECEIVER

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC shall be a practical assessment of the trainees’ ability to operate the current GPS.



7. This PC shall be graded IAW the provided Performance Checklist.


9. Trainees have 30 min to complete the practical PC




D14-1/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be a practical assessment of your ability to operate the current GPS.


4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully operate GPS according to the PC checklist.

5. No assistance shall be given. Only questions pertaining to ambiguity specific task will be answered.




D14-2/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PO 009 PART 1

NAME/NOM COURSE/COURS DATE

INSTRUCTOR START/DÉBUT END/FIN

You have 30 minutes Vous avez 30 minutes

1. Assemble DAGR. Install the primary batteries in the DAGR

1. Assemblez le DAGR. Installez les batt primaires dans le DAGR.

4

2. Power up the DAGR 2. Mise sous tension du DAGR

a. Change the Power Battery Installed field; a. Changez le champ Power Battery Installed;

b. Initiate the operator test; and b. Initiez le test de l’opérateur; et

c. Select Advanced Mode. c. Sélectionnez Advanced Mode.

12

3. DAGR Set Up. 3. Formatage du DAGR. 24

a. Enter your name in OPERATOR ID; a. Inscrivez votre nom dans OPERATOR ID;

b. Operating Mode: Continuous; b. Operating Mode: Continuous;

c. Datum: WGS-84; c. Datum: WGS-84;

d. Coordinate/Grid System: MGRS-New; d. Coordinate/Grid System: MGRS-New;

e. Units of Measurement: Metric; e. Units of Measurement: Metric;

f. Elevation Measurement: meter and MSL; f. Elevation Measurement: meter and MSL;

g. Angle: Degrees and Magnetic; g. Angle: Degrees and Magnetic;

h. Change Auto-off to Off. h. Changez Auto-off à Off.

(Show instr) (Montrez à l’instr)

4. Waypoints (WPs) 4. Points de cheminement (WPs) 12

a. Create WP001 18T UP 85427 99131. a. Créez le WP001 18T UP 85427 99131.

b. Copy WP001 twice. b. Copiez WP001 deux fois.

c. Edit your two copied WPs to read: c. Éditez vos deux WPs pour lire :

(1) COPY002 18T UP 85410 99001, (1) COPY002 18T UP 85410 99001,

(2) COPY003 18T UP 85510 99152. (2) COPY003 18T UP 85510 99152.

d. Mark a WP. (Show instr your list of WPs)

d. Marquez un WP. (Montrez la liste de vos WPs à l’instr)

e. Delete the marked WP. (Show instr your list of WPs)

e. Effacez le WP marquez. (Montrez la liste de vos WPs à l’instr)

D14-3/4

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D14-4/4

5. Routes and Alerts (Show each step to instr)

5. Itinéraires et Alertes (Montrez chaque étape à l’instr)

20

a. Create a route with your name as route name: (COPY002>COPY003> WP001>COPY002);

a. Créez un itinéraire avec votre nom comme nom de route : (COPY002>COPY003>WP001>COPY002);

b. What is total length of your route? b. Quelle est la longueur de votre itinéraire?

c. What is the distance between COPY002 and COPY003?

c. Quelle est la distance entre COPY002 et COPY003?

d. Copy your route; d. Copiez votre itinéraire;

e. Edit the copied route to read RTE02 (WP001>COPY003>COPY002);

e. Éditez l’itinéraire copié pour RTE02 (WP001>COPY003>COPY002);

f. Delete the copied route; f. Effacez l’itinéraire copié;

g. Create an Alert (Hostile) at COPY003; g. Créez un Alerte (Hostile) à COPY003;

h. Edit the Alert to “unknown”; h. Éditez l’Alerte à “unknown”;

i. Enable the alerts; and i. Activez les alertes; et

j. Clear the alert. j. Effacez l’alerte.

6. Calibrate the DAGR’s compass. 6. Calibrez le compas du DAGR. 10

7. Go to PRESENT POS page. 7. Allez à la page PRESENT POS. 2

8. Go to NAV POINTER page. 8. Allez à la page NAV POINTER. 2

9. Go to SATELLITE SKY VIEW page. 9. Allez à la page SATELLITE SKY VIEW. 2

10. Delete WPs 002 to 003. (Show instr list of WPs)

10. Effacez WPs 002 à 003. (Montrez la liste de vos WPs à l’instr)

2

11. Crypto 11. Crypto 8

a. Load crypto, then (Show instr) a. Chargez le crypto, (Montrez à l’instr)

b. Zeroize crypto only. (Show instr) b. Effacez le crypto seulement. (Montrez à l’instr)

12. Remove the batteries from the DAGR.

12. Enlevez les batteries du DAGR. 2

TOTAL /100

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 009 PART 2

OPERATE SAM

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC shall be a practical assessment of the trainees’ ability to operate the current SAM.




8. Trainees have 90 mins to complete the practical PC.

9. This PC will be conducted during the field exercise.




D15-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be a practical assessment of your ability to operate the current SAM.


4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully operate the current SAS according to the PC checklist.

5. No assistance shall be given. Only questions pertaining to ambiguity will be answered.




9. The following procedures will be assessed during the practical PC part 2, Operate SAM by

a. initialize the situation awareness system;

b. describe the screen components;

c. utilize the current situation settings;

d. utilize the current situation views;

e. dispatch the current situation;

f. create user defined overlays;

g. work with objects;

h. create symbols;

i. modify symbols;

j. create groups;

k. configure user preferences;

l. configure the communication interfaces; and

m. configure the position report settings.


D15-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D15-3/3

PC 009 PART 2

Set up SAM 5 to include:

a. Enter user name 2

b. Enter password (Password123) 2

c. Create New Duty Officer Shift 2

d. Start SAM 5 2

e. Make sure GPS/Radio are connected (Indicators are GREEN)

2

f. Create an OSPR report 3

g. Send a Radio message 2

h. Send a Sit Rep message 2

i. Create a private overlay 2

j. Create a symbol on your private overlay 2

k. Publish your private overlay 2

l. Create a position alarm 2

PC 009.2 TOTAL /25

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 009 PART 3

OPERATE SAS

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC shall be a practical assessment of the trainees’ ability to operate the current SAS.




8. Trainees have 45 minutes to complete the practical PC.


10. Following the PC, the Test Administrator will debrief each candidate on his/her performance.


12. Completed Test Administrator Check Lists will be held in the candidate's file in a secure cabinet.

D16-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be a practical assessment of your ability to operate the current SAS.


4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully operate the current SAS according to the performance checklist.





9. The following procedures will be assessed during the practical PC 009 Part 3, Operate SAS.

a. operate SAS by:

(1) maintain network communications, and

(2) handle messages; and

b. maintain SAS by:

(1) utilize specialized features,

(2) sending data to the DAGR,

(3) loading ORBAT,

(4) managing files,

(5) managing databases,

(6) managing maps,

(7) managing devices, and

(8) fault find SAS.


D16-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D16-3/3


Sets up SAS to include:

a. ensure CI is set for DAGR (Data Port) 2

b. ensure proper Station ID is entered in CI 2

c. ensure proper nets are entered in CI 2

d. ensure OSPR time is set as per CEOI's (Zulu) 2

e. verify if the System is working properly, by TX and RX of OSPR

2

TOTAL /10

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 010 PART 1

OPERATE POWER GENERATING UNITS

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. This PC shall be a practical assessment of the trainees’ ability to operate the power generating units.

5. This PC shall be graded IAW the attached performance checklist.

6. CFSCE Standards will develop the PC (PC) and issue the PC to the instructional staff prior to the PC.



9. The task is complete when correct voltage and cycles are applied to the communication shelter





D17-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be a practical assessment of your ability to operate the power generating units.


4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully operate the power generating units according to the performance checklist.



7. The task is complete when correct voltage and cycles are applied to the communication shelter.



10. The following will be assessed during the practical PC of Operate Power Generating Units:

a. safety and grounding;

b. explain characteristics of the generator;

c. demonstrate preparation for use of the generator;

d. operate under normal conditions; and

e. explain operation under unusual conditions.


D17-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D17-3/3


Operate power generating unit.

1. Trailer hand brakes engaged. Critical failure if not done

2

2. Rear leg down and secured. Safety related task.

2

3. Generator grounded; (Critical failure if not done). Use tool ie wrench.. not hand tight (Safety related tasks).

2

4. Generator - all cables laid in an appropriate manner (i.e snaked not coiled.)

2

5. Generator Exhaust hose firmly in place opposite direction of tent, (creates a risk for the tent occupant if not pointed away.) Critical failure if not done

2

6. Check all gages and cadran (Oil, Pressure, Power, Vaultage)

4

7. Power inside the vehicle pod. 6

PC 010.1 TOTAL /20

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


PC 010 PART 2

DEPLOY A COMMUNICATION INFORMATION SYSTEM (CIS) DETACHMENT

DIRECTIONS TO STAFF




4. Ensure detachments have appropriate load list for PC.

5. This PC shall be a practical assessment of the trainees’ ability to operate the CIS detachment and will be conducted during the FTX .

6. This PC shall be graded IAW the attached performance checklist.




10. The task is complete when correct voltage and cycles are applied to the communication shelter





D18-1/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01




2. This PC shall be a practical assessment of your ability to operate the CIS detachment and will be conducted during the FTX.


4. In order to pass this PC you must successfully operate the CIS detachment according to the performance checklist.



7. The task is complete when correct voltage and cycles are applied to the communication shelter.




D18-2/3

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01


D18-3/3


Deploy a communication information system (CIS) detachment.

1. Vehicle grounded. Critical failure if not done.

2

2. Truck Exhaust hose firmly in place covering the exhaust pipe and run out (Critical failure if not done). Opposite direction of tent, must be down to U bolt on exhaust pipe, if not done creates a risk for the tent occupant. (Safety related tasks).

2

3. Fire point to include:

a. Contains shovel, pick, axe, fire extinguisher and glow stick. Only use for that purpose.

2

4. POL point to include:

a. all POL placed in a drip pan; and 2

b. POL point to include a spill kit (spill kit must not be in the drip pan);

2

5. Establish appropriate defences to include:

a. identify arcs of fire; (ie sticks driven into ground);

3

b. mark out trench and shell scrapes; and 3

c. range card is complete / accurate. 3

6. Tent accommodation to include:

a. Shape fully erected and all lines run out; 2

7. Over all effectiveness:

a. Points taken away for: throwing kit / not stowing lines neatly/ points taken away must be justified.

4

b. Points taken away : for leaving master switch left on/ throwing of kit/ mast guy ropes not stowed neatly/ kit not put away properly / not following environmental rules / points taken away must be justified.

5

PC 010.2 TOTAL /30

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE E

4500-1 (G3 Training Design CS/CSS) 4500-1 (RIIAT - CI PCAT)

16 Nov 09 Le

Distribution List Liste de distribution

RECORD OF DECISIONS – ARMY COMMUNICATION INFORMATION SYSTEM SPECIALIST (ACISS) DP1 DETACHMENT MEMBER

COMPTE RENDU DE DÉCISIONS - RÉUNION DU COMITÉ DE RÉDACTION DU PLAN D’INSTRUCTION DE

Reference: Qualification Standard – ACISS DP1 22 September 2008

Référence : Norme de qualificaton –

Chair: WO Woad, CTC HQ Gagetown Président : WO Woad, CTC HQ Gagetown

C0-Chair: Sgt Manuel, CTC HQ Gagetown Vice-président : Sgt Manuel, CTC HQ Gagetown

Secretary: WO Aucoin, CTC HQ Gagetown Secrétaire : WO Aucoin, CTC HQ Gagetown

TDO: Mr D. Needrum, CFSCE Kingston ODI : Mr D. Needrum, CFSCE Kingston

Board Members: WO G.C. Halleran, CFSCE, Stds, Kingston

Membres du comité : WO G.C. Halleran, CFSCE, Stds, Kingston

WO G.S. Thibodeau, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

WO G.S. Thibodeau, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt F.L. Lavoie, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt F.L. Lavoie, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt R.R. Sherman, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt R.R. Sherman, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt D.J. Stuhlmueller, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt D.J. Stuhlmueller, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Sgt J.E.Y. Vezina, 1 SVC BN, Edmonton

Sgt J.E.Y. Vezina, 1 SVC BN, Edmonton

MCpl B.J. Dickson, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

MCpl B.J. Dickson, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

MCpl W.R. Draeger, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

MCpl W.R. Draeger, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

Cplc J. Gladu, 5 CMBG, HQ & Sigs Sqn, Valcartier

Cplc J. Gladu, 5 CMBG, HQ & Sigs Sqn, Valcartier

MCpl P.Y. Hawrish, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

MCpl P.Y. Hawrish, CFSCE, 2 Sqn, Kingston

MCpl J.T. Tabbernor, LFDTS, CTC HQ, Gagetown

MCpl J.T. Tabbernor, LFDTS, CTC HQ, Gagetown

MCpl G.W. Thomson, LFAA, 2 RCR, Gagetown

MCpl G.W. Thomson, LFAA, 2 RCR, Gagetown

Cpl K. Felts, LFWA, 742 Sig Sqn Det, Wainwright

Cpl K. Felts, LFWA, 742 Sig Sqn Det, Wainwright

Cpl J.C.F. Girard, 5 CMBG, QGET, Valcartier

Cpl J.C.F. Girard, 5 CMBG, QGET, Valcartier

Cpl A.A. Henry, CFJSR, 1 Line, Kingston

Cpl A.A. Henry, CFJSR, 1 Line, Kingston

Cpl G.D. Vass, 1 ASG, 742 Sig Sqn, Edmonton

Cpl G.D. Vass, 1 ASG, 742 Sig Sqn, Edmonton

MR Andrew Wills, DLCSPM, LCSS Tactical C2IS, Kingston

MR Andrew Wills, DLCSPM, LCSS Tactical C2IS, Kingston

E-1/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE E

INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION

1. The ACISS DP1 Training Plan Writing Board (TPWB) was convened at 0830 hrs 16 Nov 2009. This Record summarizes the Board’s deliberations.

1.

AIM OBJET

2. WO Woad of CTC HQ welcomed the members of the Board. He emphasized the requirement for the TPWB to be convened and stressed the importance of participant input in the design and development of the ACISS DP1:

2.

a. Mr. Dennis Needrum of CFSCE then briefed the board on the CFITES model and Army Systems Approach to Training (ASAT). He explained instructional analysis and the development of enabling objectives.

a.

b. CWO Cormier of DAT then brief the board on JBS and ACISS QS.

b.

c. WO Woad of CTC HQ brief the board on the CTC TP template and process and rules associated with the development of the ACISS TP.

c.

DECISIONS DÉCISIONS

3. The following table summarizes the discussions and decisions of the Cele Air (Basic) TPWB.

3.

DISCUSSION DECISION/RECOMMENDATION

16 NOV 09

1. The ACISS TPWB broke up into four groups. Each group was given a PO to develop.

No comment required.

2. The TPWB commence the development of the scalars associated with the following POs: 001, 002, 004 and 005.


3. TPWB members decided that under PO 001 “the following tasks associated with “Perform Message handling Procedures” were antiquated: ET0346 Accept Messages for Transmission, ET0347 Prepare Messages for Transmission, ET0348 Distribute Messages, and ET0349 Send Messages.

The TPWB recommends to MA to identify the antiquated tasks as a no train.

4. TPWB members decided that the name associated with PO 005 was misleading. The ACISS DP1 would not employ Tactical EW Systems but work in a Tactical EW environment. Com Resh performs the duties of employing a Tactical EW System. Therefore the TPWB renamed PO 005 to “Employed in a Tactical EW Environment”.

The TPWB will recommend to Managing Authority at DAT that PO 005 should be renamed to “Employed in a Tactical EW Environment. the tasks be identified as part of PO 001.

E-2/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE E


5. TPWB members decided that under PO 001 “Perform Command Post System Support Duties” the following tasks were relocated under PO 008 “Deploy a CIS Detachment”. FT0430 Operate Power distribution systems, ET0400 Perform equipment power up procedures, JT0800 Monitor operational status of equipment and ET0409 Perform shut down procedures with safety guidelines. The ACISS will be required to perform these tasks under PO 008.

The TPWB will inform Managing Authority at DAT that the tasks be identified as part of PO 008.

6. PO 002 TPWB suggested to MA that task CT0167 “install/remove vehicle mounted antenna systems” be removed and new tasks be created to encompass the install/remove mounted antenna systems for the following radio types systems: HF, VHF, and UHF.

TPWB will recommend to MA to create three different tasks to capture the “install/remove mounted antennas system” for each of the following radio systems: HF, VHF, and UHF.

17 NOV 09

7. TPWB continued to develop the scalar for PO 001, PO 002, PO 004 and PO 005.


8. PO 002 task PT 1119 belongs to PO 006. The Management Authority (MA) from DAT verified the TPWB suggestion.

TPWB recommends to the MA to move the task PT1119 to PO 006.

9. TPWB identified that task HT 1524 was covered in PO 001.

TPWB recommends that MA move task HT 1524 to PO 001.

10. The TPWB felt that by employing a Tactical Communication system would also include the task of operating a Tactical Communication system. Therefore the TPWB suggested renaming the task ET 1609 within PO 002 from “Operate Tactical Communication Systems” to “Employ Tactical Communication systems.

TPWB recommends that MA rename the task ET 1609 to Employ Tactical Communication Systems.

11. The TPWB recommends changing the performance level for task DT 0482 within PO 002 from a level 1 to a level 2.

TPWB recommends that MA change the performance level from a level 1 to level 2.

12. TPWB recommends removing sub-task ALE operating mode from task ET1609 within EO 002.02 “Employ HF” due to the low percentage required within the use community.

MA discussed with the board and agreed on removing sub-task ALE from the task ET1609.

13. TPWB recommends removing sub-tasks “install/remove digital telephone” and “install/remove VOIP telephone” from task ET1515 within PO 004. The TPWB felt that these sub-tasks were beyond the level that an ACISS DP1 would be expected to perform.

MA discussed with the board and agreed on removing these sub-tasks from the QS ACISS. These sub-tasks will be added to the TP1.1 of the LS sub occupation.

E-3/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE E


14. TPWB recommends moving the following tasks to PO 008 from PO 001: FT0430 “Operate power distribution systems”, ET0400 “Perform equipment power-up procedures”, JT0808 “Monitor operational status of equipment” and ET0401”Perform shut down procedures with safety guidelines”. PO 008 is where the ACISS DP1 will set up a detachment and all tasks identified are associated with setting up a detachment.

TPWB recommends to the MA to move the task FT0430, ET0400, JT0808 and ET0401 to PO 008.

18 NOV 09

15. TPWB continue to develop the scalar and input information in the CTC HQ EO template for PO 001, PO 002, PO 004 and PO 005.


16. TPWB discussed with MA about having tasks ET1609 and HT1525 be removed from PO 002. The TPWB felt that both tasks were covered by the notion of the PO 002 title” Employ Tactical Communication system”.

TPWB recommends to MA to have ET1609 and HT1525 be removed from PO 002.

19 NOV 09

17. TPWB started PO 006, PO 007 and PO 008. No comment required.

18. TPWB continue to develop the scalar and inputinformation in the CTC HQ EO template for PO 001, PO 002, PO 004 and PO 005.

19. TPWB recommends that task CT0174 be removed from PO 002 due to simplicity of the task.

MA discussed with the board and agreed on removing task CT0174 from the ACISS QS.

20. TPWB recommends changing task FT0426 performance level from level 1 to level 2.

TPWB recommends that MA change the performance level from a level 1 to level 2 for FT0426.

21. TPWB recommends moving the following knowledge’s from PO 002 to the following POs: “Ohm’s Law (PK0953) moved to PO 008, electromagnetic wave propagation (DK0193) moved to PO 008, radio regulations (GK0451) move to PO 001 because these knowledge’s are covered within these POs.

TPWB recommends to MA to have PK0953, DK0193 and GK0451 removed from PO 002 and reallocated to the POs base on TPWB recommendations.

20 NOV 09

22. TPWB review the following POs: PO 001, PO 002, PO 004 and PO 005 with all board members, CFSCE advisors, MA, and Guest.

Changes from the review were implemented within the appropriate EOs.

23. The TPWB recommends the removal of the following sub-tasks under (CT0163): “Install/Remove digital telephone” and “Install/Remove VOIP Telephone”. The sub-tasks will be captured in the ACISS DP1.1 LS.

MA discussed this issue with the TPWB and agreed on removing these sub-tasks from the QS ACISS. This item will be added to the TP1.1 of the LS sub occupation.

24. TPWB continued to work on the development of the EOs for PO 006, PO 007 and PO 008.


E-4/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE E


23 NOV 09

25. TPWB started PO 003 and continued to develop the following POs: PO 006, PO 007 and PO 008.

26. The TPWB suggested changing the name of PO 003 from "Employ Tactical C2IS" to "Associate Basic Computer Systems and Networks for a Tactical C2IS Environment". This was due to the fact that a number of the tasks have been changed or dropped from PO 003. This was due to the fact that the TPWB does not feel that at the ACISS DP 1 will have administrative rights to complete a number of the tasks and knowledge's asked in this PO 003.

27. The TPWB recommends to remove the following tasks and knowledge’s from PO 003: (OT1020) Install/Remove IS Application Software, (LT1576) Maintain Tactical C2IS, (LT1575) Restore Tactical C2IS, (CT1511) Install/Remove Tactical C2IS, (OT1606) Configure Tactical C2IS, (PT1055) Identify IS Security Threats, (PT1607) Enforce Information System Security Measures, (GK0463) Information System Security Procedures, and (GK0484) IP/IS Security Threats and Vulnerabilities. The TPWB recommends that these tasks and knowledge’s be moved to either the DP 1.1 or DP 2.1 level, once the ACISS members will be given the proper administrative rights to complete these tasks.

28. TPWB recommends changing the following Task names within PO 003: (OT1090) "Use IS Application Software" has been changed to "Operate Basic Baseline Applications” and (ET1516) "Operate Message Handling systems" also follows under "Operate Basic Baseline Applications".

24 NOV 09

29. TPWB continued to develop PO 006, PO 007 and PO 008.

30. There were no issues with the development of PO 006 and PO 007.

25 NOV 09

31. TPWB continued to develop PO 008.

32. TPWB started the process of looking at the EDO. The TPWB suggested the following topics: Understanding CIS Organizations and Structures, Understanding Different Signals Organizations within the Army, Electrical Theory, Military Writing, Tying Knots, Telephony Colour Code, and Typing.

33. TPWB developed chapter 1 and 3 as well as all annexes associated with this TP.

E-5/6

A-P2-002-CIS/PH-B01

ANNEX/ANNEXE E

E-6/6


26 NOV 09

34. TPWB review all chapters and annexes associated with this TP,

35. TPWB decided that the field exercise required 13 training days. This will include time for withdrawing field stores, conducting ECs and PCs, returning field stores, and all BFT activities.

27 NOV 09

36. TPWB debrief the TE and all invited guests from 1000hrs to 1130hrs on the status of the ACISS DP1 TP.

37. Adjournment. TPWB shut down at 1200hrs on the 27 Nov 09.

POST TPWB DECISIONS

38. The amount of periods allocated to Administration time for a DP1 crse was reduce from 63 periods to 36 periods. The time required to draw and return field stores, as well as the BFT activities was already captured in the time allocated for the field exercise.

39. The Managing Authority at DAT has amended the QS to reflect changes requested by the TPWB. These changes were discussed in Jan 2010 at CFSCE between DAT, TE and CTCHQ.

40. The Managing Authority at DAT has broken down PO 002 into 3 POs. The number of POs associated with this TP has increased from 8 to 10.

41. The number of training days has increased from 72 to 75. Based on increases in training time to PO 007 “Employ C-RCIED Systems”.

(French text to be inserted)

P.J. Woad M.F.W. Manuel WO Sgt Chair/Président DChair/Vice-président APPROVED / Not Approved APPROUVÉ / Non approuvé Le RIIAT - CI P.A. Owens Maj G3 Training Design CS/CSS